WO2024037230A1 - 一种通信方法及装置 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024037230A1
WO2024037230A1 PCT/CN2023/105057 CN2023105057W WO2024037230A1 WO 2024037230 A1 WO2024037230 A1 WO 2024037230A1 CN 2023105057 W CN2023105057 W CN 2023105057W WO 2024037230 A1 WO2024037230 A1 WO 2024037230A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pdus
pdu
pdu set
information
communication device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/105057
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
强鹂
任少峰
刘南南
常俊仁
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024037230A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024037230A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L47/00—Traffic control in data switching networks
    • H04L47/10—Flow control; Congestion control
    • H04L47/26—Flow control; Congestion control using explicit feedback to the source, e.g. choke packets
    • H04L47/266—Stopping or restarting the source, e.g. X-on or X-off
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L47/00—Traffic control in data switching networks
    • H04L47/10—Flow control; Congestion control
    • H04L47/26—Flow control; Congestion control using explicit feedback to the source, e.g. choke packets
    • H04L47/263—Rate modification at the source after receiving feedback

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • a data packet (such as a PDU set (Protocol Data Unit set, protocol data unit set)) generated by the communication device as the data sending end can be transmitted to the communication device as the data receiving end through the network.
  • PDU Protocol Data Unit set
  • the network is limited by various factors such as device processing capabilities and network bandwidth, the size of the packets that can be processed at one time (such as PDU (Protocol Data Unit)) is limited. Therefore, when transmitting data packets through the network Sometimes, it may be necessary to split the data packet into multiple messages.
  • the data sending end can obtain a certain fault tolerance by adopting certain encoding technologies, that is, it does not require that all the messages of a video frame are successfully received by the data receiving end in order to restore the original video frame.
  • the 2K video frame can tolerate a packet loss rate of 20%, that is, as long as the data receiving end successfully receives any 1119 packets in the 2K video frame, the complete 2K video frame can be restored.
  • the data receiving end cannot Recover complete 2K video frames.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device to improve the utilization of network resources involved in data transmission between communication devices.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device or a component (such as a chip, chip system or integrated circuit, etc.) that can support the first communication device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the method may include: the first communication device sending first information to the second communication device, the first information being used to determine information of PDUs included in a first protocol data unit PDU set to be transmitted.
  • the first communication device sends the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence.
  • the first communication device receives the second information from the second communication device, and stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device according to the second information.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount; or, the second information is used to indicate that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount. amount; or, the second information is used to instruct to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set; wherein the transmission success amount or transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is related to the information of the PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • the second communication device can successfully parse the first PDU set based on the PDU that has been successfully received, or confirm that the first PDU set has failed to parse, and send the second information to the first communication device.
  • the second information can facilitate the second communication device.
  • a communication device more accurately decides to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device, thereby saving network resources (such as air interface resources, memory resources or thread resources) involved in data transmission between communication devices. , so that the saved network resources can be used to process other services, which greatly improves the utilization of network resources, and stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, which can reduce the cost of the communication device to a certain extent. power consumption.
  • the PDU information indicates the number/bytes/bits of the PDU, and the transmission success amount is:
  • the number/bytes/bits of successfully received PDUs in the first PDU set; or, the number/bytes/bits of successfully received PDUs and the total number/total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set The ratio of bytes/total bits.
  • the second communication device counts the number/bytes/bits of successfully received PDUs in the first PDU set, and can promptly confirm whether the number/bytes/bits of successfully received PDUs are The conditions for successfully parsing out the first PDU set have been met.
  • the PDU information indicates the number/bytes/bits of the PDU
  • the transmission failure amount is: the number/bytes/bits of PDUs that were not successfully received in the first PDU set; or , the ratio of the number/number of bytes/number of bits of PDUs that were not successfully received to the total number/total number of bytes/total number of bits of PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • the second communication device can promptly confirm the number/bytes/bits of PDUs that have not been successfully received by counting the number/bytes/bits of the PDUs that have not been successfully received in the first PDU set. Whether the conditions for successfully parsing out the first PDU set have been met.
  • the second information used to instruct to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set includes: the indication information or the reason value carried in the second information indicates that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or is equal to the target success amount, the second information is used to instruct to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set; or, the indication information or cause value carried in the second information indicates that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the The target failure amount is specified, and the second information is used to instruct to stop sending PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the second communication device can save signaling by carrying a special value (such as indication information or a reason value) used to instruct to stop sending PDUs in the first PDU set in the second information and sending it to the first communication device. overhead.
  • a special value such as indication information or a reason value
  • the second information used to indicate to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set includes: the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, and the second information is used to indicate to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set. Send the PDUs in the first PDU set; or, the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, and the second information is used to indicate to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the second communication device when the second communication device determines that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, the second communication device generates the The second information is used to instruct the first communication device to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set, so as to promptly instruct the first communication device to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits included in the first PDU set, and a sequence of PDUs at the end of the first PDU set. number or the sequence number of the PDU at the starting position in the second PDU set; where the second PDU set is the next PDU set after the first PDU set.
  • the second communication device in order to enable the second communication device to learn the size information or size information of the PDU set to be transmitted (such as the first PDU set), it is convenient to assist the second communication device to timely and accurately understand the size of the PDUs in the first PDU set. transmission situation, and can facilitate assisting the second communication device to accurately confirm whether the first PDU set can be parsed based on the currently successfully received PDU.
  • the first communication device can calculate the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set/total The number of bytes/total number of bits, the sequence number of the PDU at the end of the first PDU set or the sequence number of the PDU at the beginning of the second PDU set are carried in the first information and sent to the second communication device.
  • the first information also includes: target success amount or target failure amount.
  • the first communication device can carry the target success amount or the target failure amount in the first information and send it to the second Communication device.
  • the method before sending the first information to the second communication device, the method further includes: obtaining transmission configuration information; wherein the transmission configuration information includes at least one of the following: first information, target success amount, or Target failure amount.
  • the first communication device can obtain the transmission configuration information before sending the first information to the second communication device, so that it can configure it in a timely and effective manner to ensure that the information involved in transmitting the PDU (such as the first information) is accurately stopped. .
  • the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, and the second information is a status report; or, the second information is used to indicate that the first PDU The transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, and the second information is a status report.
  • the second information may also be carried in an indication message or status report.
  • stopping sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device according to the second information includes: according to the second information, stopping sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device. After at least one PDU in the PDU is received, stop sending remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device.
  • the first communication device learns that the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, in order to reduce the calculation amount of the second communication device to restore the complete PDU set , you may choose to continue sending at least one PDU among the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device. Afterwards, the first communication device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may choose to continue sending at least one PDU among the remaining PDUs in the PDU set corresponding to the video frame to the second communication device for the purpose of higher video quality and/or higher video definition. Afterwards, the first communication device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device.
  • the method further includes: sending third information to the second communication device; the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving.
  • the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, and/or the third information includes the first parameter values of the protocol parameters in the reception window/reordering window/reassembly window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the second communication device does not obtain the recommended parameter values for the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from the first communication device, but only adjusts the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window based on the current reception situation of the PDU.
  • the first communication device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device, it can assist the second communication device by sending a suggested parameter value to the second communication device.
  • the second communication device can more accurately adjust the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window, so that the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window of the second communication device can be targeted or more precise. Accurately receive the next set of PDUs located after the first set of PDUs.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a second communication device or a component (such as a chip, chip system or integrated circuit, etc.) that can support the second communication device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the method may include: the second communication device receiving first information from the first communication device, the first information being used to determine information of PDUs included in the first set of PDUs to be transmitted.
  • the second communications device receives the PDUs in the first set of PDUs from the first communications device.
  • the second communication device then sends the second information to the first communication device.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount; or, the second information is used to indicate that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount. amount; or, the second information is used to instruct to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set; wherein the transmission success amount or transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is related to the information of the PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • the PDU information indicates the number/bytes/bits of the PDU, and the transmission success amount is:
  • the PDU information indicates the number/bytes/bits of the PDU, and the amount of transmission failure is:
  • the second information used to instruct to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set includes: the indication information or the reason value carried in the second information indicates that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or Equal to the target success amount, the second information is used to indicate to stop sending PDUs in the first PDU set; or,
  • the indication information or cause value carried in the second information indicates that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, and the second information is used to indicate to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the second information used to indicate to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set includes: the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, and the second information is used to indicate to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set. Send the PDUs in the first PDU set; or,
  • the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, and the second information is used to indicate to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following: total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits included in the first PDU set, and a sequence of PDUs at the end of the first PDU set. number, or the sequence number of the PDU at the starting position in the second PDU set; where the second PDU set is the next PDU set after the first PDU set.
  • the first information also includes: target success amount or target failure amount.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, and the second information is a status report; or, the second information is used to indicate that the first PDU The transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, and the second information is a status report.
  • the second information may also be carried in an indication message or status report.
  • the method further includes: receiving third information from the first communication device; the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving the first PDU set.
  • the remaining PDU, and/or the third information includes the first parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device;
  • the second communication device after receiving the third information from the first communication device, the second communication device can accurately determine to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the method after receiving the third information from the first communication device, the method further includes:
  • the third information when the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, the third information may also include the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the first parameter value of the protocol parameter in . This first parameter value may facilitate the second communication device to receive the next set of PDUs located after the first set of PDUs in a targeted or more accurate manner.
  • the second communication device can refer to the first parameter value to adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window accordingly.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device or a component (such as a chip, chip system or integrated circuit, etc.) that can support the first communication device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the method may include: the first communication device sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence. Then, the first communication device receives the PDCP status report from the second communication device, and stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device according to the PDCP status report.
  • the PDCP status report is generated by the second communication device when it determines that the reordering timer has expired; the PDCP status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reordering window of the second communication device.
  • the second communication device can determine that the reordering timer has expired (such as PDU missing or in the receiving window/reordering window).
  • the reordering timer started during out-of-order timing expires
  • the PDCP status report can be generated in a timely manner.
  • this method can facilitate the first communication device to promptly and accurately decide to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device through the PDCP status report, thereby saving network resources involved in data transmission between communication devices (such as air interface resources, memory resources or thread resources, etc.), so that the saved network resources can be used to process other services, which greatly improves the utilization of network resources and stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set. , which can reduce the power consumption of communication devices to a certain extent.
  • stopping sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device according to the PDCP status report includes: determining the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set according to the PDCP status report. Or the transmission failure amount of PDUs in the first PDU set and the transmission success amount of PDUs in the first PDU set are greater than or equal to the target success amount, stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device; or, the first The transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, and the sending of the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device is stopped.
  • the transmission results of the PDUs in the first PDU set in the reception window/reordering window recorded in the PDCP status report it can be accurately determined whether the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success. amount, or whether the transmission failure amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, so that a more accurate decision can be made to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device.
  • the method further includes: sending third information to the second communication device; the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving.
  • the remaining PDUs in the first set of PDUs, and/or the third information includes third parameter values of protocol parameters in the reception window/reordering window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the second communication device does not obtain the recommended parameter values for the protocol parameters in the reception window/reordering window from the first communication device, but only The solution of adjusting the parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window according to the current reception situation of PDUs.
  • Sending a suggested parameter value to the second communication device can assist the second communication device to more accurately adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window, thereby facilitating the receiving window/reordering window of the second communication device.
  • the next set of PDUs located after the first set of PDUs can be received in a targeted or more accurate manner.
  • the transmission success amount is: the number of successfully received PDUs/number of bytes/number of bits in the first PDU set, or the number of successfully received PDUs/number of bytes/number of bits and The ratio of the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set/total number of bytes/total number of bits;
  • the transmission failure amount is: the number of PDUs that were not successfully received in the first PDU set/number of bytes/number of bits; or , the ratio of the number/number of bytes/number of bits of PDUs that were not successfully received to the total number/total number of bytes/total number of bits of PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • the method before sequentially sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device, the method further includes: obtaining transmission configuration information; wherein the transmission configuration information includes at least one of the following: first The total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits, target success amount, or target failure amount included in the PDU set.
  • the first communication device can obtain the transmission configuration information before sequentially sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device, so that the information involved in the transmission of the PDU can be accurately stopped in a timely and effective manner ( For example, the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set/the total number of bytes/the total number of bits).
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a second communication device or a component (such as a chip, chip system or integrated circuit, etc.) that can support the second communication device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the method may include: the second communication device receives PDUs in the first PDU set from the first communication device, and stores the received PDUs in a receiving window/reordering window. Afterwards, when determining that the reordering timer has expired, the second communication device generates a PDCP status report; wherein the PDCP status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window. Then, the second communication device sends a PDCP status report to the first communication device.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, and/or, the third information includes the reception of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device The third parameter value of the protocol parameter in the window/reordering window;
  • the second communication device after receiving the third information from the first communication device, the second communication device can accurately determine to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the method after receiving the third information from the first communication device, the method further includes:
  • the third information when the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, the third information may also include the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the third parameter value This third parameter value may facilitate the second communication device to receive the next set of PDUs located after the first set of PDUs in a targeted or more accurate manner. In this way, the second communication device can refer to the third parameter value to adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window accordingly.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device or a component (such as a chip, chip system or integrated circuit, etc.) that can support the first communication device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the method may include: the first communication device sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence. Afterwards, the first communication device receives a radio link control layer protocol RLC status report from the second communication device, where the RLC status report is generated by the second communication device when it determines that the reassembly timer has expired, and the RLC status report is used to indicate that the reassembly timer has expired.
  • the transmission result of PDU in the receiving window/reassembly window of the second communication device Then, the first communication device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device according to the RLC status report.
  • the second communication device can generate an RLC status report in a timely manner when the reassembly timer times out (for example, the reassembly timer started when there is an uncompleted PDU in the receiving window/reassembly window times out).
  • this method can facilitate the first communication device to promptly and accurately decide to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device through the RLC status report, thereby saving network resources involved in data transmission between communication devices (such as air interface resources, memory resources or thread resources, etc.), so that the saved network resources can be used to process other services, which greatly improves the network Resource utilization is improved, and by stopping sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, the power consumption of the communication device can be reduced to a certain extent.
  • network resources involved in data transmission between communication devices such as air interface resources, memory resources or thread resources, etc.
  • the method before sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence, the method further includes:
  • the transmission configuration information includes at least one of the following: total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits, target success amount, or target failure amount included in the first PDU set.
  • the transmission configuration information can be obtained first, so that it can be configured in a timely and effective manner to ensure that the information involved in accurately stopping the transmission of PDUs (such as The total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set/the total number of bytes/the total number of bits).
  • stopping sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device according to the RLC status report includes: determining, based on the RLC status report, that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device; or, according to the RLC status report, it is determined that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, stop sending the remaining PDUs to the second communication device.
  • the second communication device sends the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the transmission results of the PDUs in the first PDU set in the receiving window/reassembly window recorded in the RLC status report it can be accurately determined whether the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount. Or whether the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, so that a more accurate decision can be made to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device.
  • the method further includes: sending third information to the second communication device; the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving.
  • the remaining PDUs in the first set of PDUs, and/or the third information includes the fifth parameter value of the protocol parameter in the reception window/reassembly window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the second communication device does not obtain the recommended parameter values for the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window from the first communication device, but only adjusts the parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window based on the current reception situation of the PDU.
  • the first communication device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device, it can assist the second communication device to adjust more accurately by sending a suggested parameter value to the second communication device.
  • the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window can facilitate the receiving window/reassembly window of the second communication device to receive the next set of PDUs located after the first set of PDUs in a targeted or more accurate manner.
  • the transmission success amount is: the number of successfully received PDUs/number of bytes/number of bits in the first PDU set, or the number of successfully received PDUs/number of bytes/number of bits and The ratio of the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set/total number of bytes/total number of bits;
  • the transmission failure amount is: the number of PDUs that were not successfully received in the first PDU set/number of bytes/number of bits; or , the ratio of the number/number of bytes/number of bits of PDUs that were not successfully received to the total number/total number of bytes/total number of bits of PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a second communication device or a component (such as a chip, chip system or integrated circuit) that can support the second communication device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the method may include: the second communication device receiving PDUs in the first PDU set from the first communication device and storing the received PDUs into a receiving window/reassembly window. Afterwards, when determining that the reassembly timer has expired, the second communication device generates an RLC status report, where the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reassembly window. The second communication device then sends an RLC status report to the first communication device.
  • the method after sending the RLC status report to the first communication device, the method further includes:
  • Receive third information from the first communication device is used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, and/or the third information includes the receiving window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device/ The fifth parameter value of the protocol parameter in the reassembly window; according to the third information, stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the second communication device after receiving the third information from the first communication device, the second communication device can accurately determine to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the method further includes: updating the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window of the second communication device to the fifth parameter value; or, determine the sixth parameter value based on the current parameter value and/or the third information, and update the current parameter value to the sixth parameter value.
  • the third information when the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, the third information may also include the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the fifth parameter value This fifth parameter value may facilitate the second communication device to receive the next set of PDUs located after the first set of PDUs in a targeted or more accurate manner. In this way, the second communication device can refer to the fifth parameter value to adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window accordingly.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device or a component (such as a chip, chip system, or integrated circuit) that can support the first communication device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the method may include: the first communication device sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence.
  • One or more PDUs in the first PDU set carry a setting identifier; the setting identifier is used to request to obtain an RLC status report.
  • the first communication device receives an RLC status report from the second communication device, where the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reassembly window of the second communication device.
  • the first communication device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device according to the RLC status report.
  • RLC status reports can be generated in both AM mode and UM mode. For example, when the second communication device determines that any PDU in the received first PDU set carries the setting identifier, it can generate an RLC status report in a timely manner.
  • this method can facilitate the first communication device to promptly and accurately decide to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device through the RLC status report, thereby saving network resources involved in data transmission between communication devices (such as air interface resources, memory resources or thread resources, etc.), so that the saved network resources can be used to process other services, which greatly improves the utilization of network resources and stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set. , which can reduce the power consumption of communication devices to a certain extent.
  • the method before sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence, the method further includes:
  • the transmission configuration information includes at least one of the following: total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits, target success amount, or target failure amount included in the first PDU set.
  • the transmission configuration information can be obtained first, so that it can be configured in a timely and effective manner to ensure that the information involved in accurately stopping the transmission of PDUs (such as The total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set/the total number of bytes/the total number of bits).
  • stopping sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device according to the RLC status report includes: determining, based on the RLC status report, that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device; or, according to the RLC status report, it is determined that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, stop sending the remaining PDUs to the second communication device.
  • the second communication device sends the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the transmission results of the PDUs in the first PDU set in the receiving window/reassembly window recorded in the RLC status report it can be accurately determined whether the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount. Or whether the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, so that a more accurate decision can be made to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device.
  • the method further includes: sending third information to the second communication device; the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving.
  • the remaining PDUs in the first set of PDUs, and/or the third information includes the fifth parameter value of the protocol parameter in the reception window/reassembly window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the second communication device does not obtain the recommended parameter values for the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window from the first communication device, but only adjusts the parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window based on the current reception situation of the PDU.
  • the first communication device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device, it can assist the second communication device to adjust more accurately by sending a suggested parameter value to the second communication device.
  • the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window can facilitate the receiving window/reassembly window of the second communication device to receive the next set of PDUs located after the first set of PDUs in a targeted or more accurate manner.
  • the transmission success amount is: the number of successfully received PDUs/number of bytes/number of bits in the first PDU set, or the number of successfully received PDUs/number of bytes/number of bits and The ratio of the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set/total number of bytes/total number of bits;
  • the transmission failure amount is: the number of PDUs that were not successfully received in the first PDU set/number of bytes/number of bits; or , the ratio of the number/number of bytes/number of bits of PDUs that were not successfully received to the total number/total number of bytes/total number of bits of PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a second communication device or a component (such as a chip, chip system or integrated circuit, etc.) that can support the second communication device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the method may include: the second communication device receiving PDUs in the first PDU set from the first communication device and storing the received PDUs into a receiving window/reassembly window.
  • One or more PDUs in the first PDU set carry a setting identifier, and the setting identifier is used to request to obtain an RLC status report.
  • the second communication device when determining that any received PDU carries the setting identifier, the second communication device generates an RLC status report, where the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reassembly window. The second communication device then sends an RLC status report to the first communication device.
  • the method after sending the RLC status report to the first communication device, the method further includes:
  • Receive third information from the first communication device is used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, and/or the third information includes the receiving window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device/ The fifth parameter value of the protocol parameter in the reassembly window; according to the third information, stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the second communication device after receiving the third information from the first communication device, the second communication device can accurately determine to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the method further includes: updating the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window of the second communication device to the fifth parameter value; or, determine the sixth parameter value based on the current parameter value and/or the third information, and update the current parameter value to the sixth parameter value.
  • the third information when the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, the third information may also include the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the fifth parameter value This fifth parameter value may facilitate the second communication device to receive the next set of PDUs located after the first set of PDUs in a targeted or more accurate manner. In this way, the second communication device can refer to the fifth parameter value to adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window accordingly.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a first communication device or a component (such as a chip, chip system or integrated circuit, etc.) that can support the first communication device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the method may include: the first communication device sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence. Wherein, one or more PDUs in the first PDU set carry a setting flag bit.
  • the setting flag bit is used to instruct the second communication device to feedback a status report.
  • the setting flag bit is when the first communication device determines the first PDU set.
  • the transmission situation is configured in one or more PDUs when the first set condition is met.
  • the first communication device receives a status report from the second communication device, where the status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU or the reception status of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window of the second communication device. Then, the first communication device may stop sending PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs to the second communication device according to the status report, or send PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received to the second communication device. PDU.
  • the first communication device can compare the transmission situation of the first PDU set When the first setting condition is met, by configuring or adding a setting flag bit in one or more PDUs to be transmitted in the first PDU set, the terminal device can be targeted to indicate the situation of the network device according to the needs. Feed back status reports without having to rely on the network equipment to periodically feedback status reports according to the set cycle length. This can effectively avoid the large air interface overhead caused by the network equipment periodically blindly sending status reports.
  • the first communication device can promptly stop sending PDUs in the first set of PDUs other than the sent PDUs.
  • the first communication device may also choose to send the unsuccessfully received PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device. .
  • the transmission situation of the first PDU set satisfying the first set condition includes: the number of PDUs sent in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the first threshold; and/or the number of PDUs sent in the first PDU set has been The number of bytes/bits of the sent PDU is greater than or equal to the second threshold; and/or the ratio of the number of sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of PDUs contained in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the third Threshold; and/or the ratio of the number of bytes/bits of the sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of bytes/total bits of the PDUs included in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; and/or the elapsed processing time of the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the first time threshold; and/or the processing time excluding the elapsed processing time in the total processing time corresponding to the first PDU set is less than or equal to the second
  • the first communication device when the first communication device determines that the relevant transmission information of the first PDU set meets at least one of the above conditions, it can configure or add a setting flag in one or more PDUs to be transmitted in the first PDU set. bit, in this way, the first communication device can instruct the second communication device to feedback a status report in a timely manner according to requirements.
  • PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received are sent to the second communication device according to the status report, including: excluding the used processing time in the total processing time corresponding to the first PDU set.
  • the processing time is greater than or equal to the third time threshold and/or the reception situation of the PDUs in the first PDU set meets the second set condition, select at least one PDU from the plurality of PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received. ;Send the at least one PDU to the second communication device.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device considers that the second communication device is not able to recover the complete first PDU set through the status report, it can add the total processing time corresponding to the first PDU set except the used processing time.
  • the processing time is greater than or equal to the third time threshold and/or the reception of the PDUs in the first PDU set meets the second set condition, one of the first PDU sets is retransmitted. or multiple PDUs that have not been successfully received to help the second communication device accurately recover the complete first PDU set.
  • the reception situation of the PDUs in the first PDU set that satisfies the second set condition includes: the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is less than the fifth threshold; or the PDUs in the first PDU set The amount of transmission failures is greater than the sixth threshold.
  • the first communication device determines that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is less than the fifth threshold or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than the sixth threshold, it is considered that the second communication device has not yet
  • the complete first PDU set can be recovered, that is, it is considered that there are still many PDUs that have not been successfully received by the second communication device, but not too many. It is also possible to retransmit some of the PDUs that have not been successfully received to the second communication device. , can help the second communication device recover the complete first PDU set.
  • At least one PDU is selected from multiple PDUs that have not been successfully received in the first PDU set, including:
  • stopping sending PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs to the second communication device according to the status report includes: determining the transmission of the PDUs in the first PDU set according to the status report.
  • the success amount or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set, the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, and the transmission of the PDUs in the first PDU set except those that have been sent to the second communication device is stopped.
  • PDUs other than PDUs determine the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set, and the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, stop sending PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs to the second communication device.
  • the transmission results of the PDUs in the first PDU set in the reception window/reordering window recorded in the status report it can be accurately determined whether the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount. , or whether the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, so that a more accurate decision can be made to stop sending PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs to the second communication device.
  • the method further includes: sending third information to the second communication device;
  • the information is used to indicate to stop receiving PDUs other than the sent PDUs in the first PDU set, and/or the third information includes the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the seventh parameter value is used to indicate to stop receiving PDUs other than the sent PDUs in the first PDU set, and/or the third information includes the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the second communication device does not obtain the recommended parameter values for the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window from the first communication device, but only adjusts the parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window based on the current reception situation of the PDU.
  • the first communication device stops sending PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs to the second communication device, it can assist the second communication device by sending a suggested parameter value to the second communication device.
  • the second communication device adjusts the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window more accurately, thereby facilitating the receiving window/reordering window of the second communication device to receive the first PDU in a targeted or more accurate manner.
  • the next PDU set after the set after the set.
  • the transmission success amount is: the number of successfully received PDUs/number of bytes/number of bits in the first PDU set, or the number of successfully received PDUs/number of bytes/number of bits and The ratio of the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set/total number of bytes/total number of bits;
  • the transmission failure amount is: the number of PDUs that were not successfully received in the first PDU set/number of bytes/number of bits; or , the ratio of the number/number of bytes/number of bits of PDUs that were not successfully received to the total number/total number of bytes/total number of bits of PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • the method before sequentially sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device, the method further includes: obtaining transmission configuration information; wherein the transmission configuration information includes at least one of the following: Target Success amount, target failure amount, maximum number of retransmissions, or the total number, total number of bytes, or total number of bits of PDUs contained in the first PDU set.
  • the first communication device can obtain the transmission configuration information before sequentially sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device, so that the information involved in the transmission of the PDU can be accurately stopped in a timely and effective manner ( For example, the total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits included in the first PDU set.
  • the first communication device obtains the transmission configuration when it needs to retransmit the PDU to the second communication device.
  • the information may also help the first communication device select one or more unsuccessfully received PDUs whose retransmission times are less than or equal to the maximum retransmission times for retransmission.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a second communication device or a component (such as a chip, chip system or integrated circuit, etc.) that can support the second communication device to implement the functions required by the method.
  • This method may include: second pass The communication device receives the PDUs in the first PDU set from the first communication device and stores the PDUs in the receiving window/reordering window. Afterwards, the second communication device determines that any received PDU carries the setting flag, and may choose to send a status report to the first communication device. Wherein, the set flag bit is used to instruct the second communication device to feedback the status report.
  • the set flag bit is configured or added by the first communication device when it determines that the transmission situation of the first PDU set meets the first setting condition.
  • the status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU or the reception status of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window.
  • the transmission situation of the first PDU set satisfying the first set condition includes: the number of PDUs sent in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the first threshold; and/or the number of PDUs sent in the first PDU set has been The number of bytes/bits of the sent PDU is greater than or equal to the second threshold; and/or the ratio of the number of sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of PDUs contained in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the third Threshold; and/or the ratio of the number of bytes/bits of the sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of bytes/total bits of the PDUs included in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; and/or the elapsed processing time of the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the first time threshold; and/or the processing time excluding the elapsed processing time in the total processing time corresponding to the first PDU set is less than or equal to the second
  • the method before sending the status report to the first communication device, the method further includes: determining that the reordering timer has expired.
  • the second communication device determines that any PDU received carries the setting flag
  • the status report is triggered first, but the status report is not actually generated. You need to refer to other conditions (such as judging whether the reordering timer has expired) to determine whether the status report is really generated.
  • the second communication device When it is determined that any received PDU carries the set flag bit and the reordering timer also times out, the second communication device generates a status report based on the current reception status of the PDUs in the first set by the second communication device.
  • the method further includes: receiving at least one unsuccessfully received PDU from the first communication device; wherein at least one PDU is the first PDU
  • the processing time excluding the used processing time in the total processing time corresponding to the set is greater than or equal to the third time threshold and/or the reception of the PDUs in the first PDU set satisfies the second setting condition, the first communication device Selected from multiple PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received.
  • the reception situation of the PDUs in the first PDU set that satisfies the second set condition includes: the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is less than the fifth threshold; or the PDUs in the first PDU set The amount of transmission failures is greater than the sixth threshold.
  • the number of retransmissions of any PDU in at least one PDU that has not been successfully received is less than or equal to the maximum number of retransmissions.
  • the method further includes: receiving third information from the first communication device; the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving items except those in the first PDU set. PDUs other than the sent PDU, and/or the third information includes the seventh parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device; stop receiving according to the third information PDUs in the first PDU set other than the sent PDUs.
  • the second communication device after receiving the third information from the first communication device, the second communication device can accurately determine to stop receiving PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs. In addition, after receiving the seventh parameter value included in the third information, the second communication device can more accurately adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the method further includes: updating the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window of the second communication device to the seventh parameter value; or determine the eighth parameter value based on the current parameter value and/or the third information, and update the current parameter value to the eighth parameter value.
  • the third information when the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving PDUs other than the sent PDUs in the first PDU set, the third information may also include the receiving window/reception window of the second communication device suggested by the first communication device.
  • the seventh parameter value of the protocol parameters in the reordering window This seventh parameter value may facilitate the second communication device to receive the next set of PDUs located after the first set of PDUs in a targeted or more accurate manner. In this way, the second communication device can refer to the seventh parameter value to adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window accordingly.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the first aspect.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver module, configured to send first information to the second communication device, where the first information is used to determine the number of PDUs included in the first protocol data unit PDU set to be transmitted.
  • the processing module is used to stop sending the first PDU to the second communication device according to the second information.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount; or, the second information is used to indicate that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount.
  • the second information is used to instruct to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set; wherein the transmission success amount or transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is related to the information of the PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the second aspect.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module is used to control the transceiver module to receive first information from the first communication device.
  • the first information is used to determine the first message to be transmitted.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount; or, the second information is used to indicate that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount. amount; or, the second information is used to instruct to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set; wherein the transmission success amount or transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is related to the information of the PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the third aspect.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver module, configured to send PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence, and also configured to receive a PDCP status report from the second communication device; a processing module, Used to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device according to the PDCP status report.
  • the PDCP status report is generated when the second communication device determines that the reordering timer has expired; the PDCP status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window of the second communication device.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the fourth aspect.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver module, configured to receive PDUs in the first PDU set from the first communication device, and store the received PDUs in a receiving window/reordering window.
  • a processing module configured to generate a PDCP status report when it is determined that the reordering timer has expired; wherein the PDCP status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the transceiver module is used to send a PDCP status report to the first communication device.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the fifth aspect.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver module, configured to send PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence, and receive an RLC status report from the second communication device, where the RLC status report is The RLC status report is generated by the second communication device when it determines that the reassembly timer has expired.
  • the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reassembly window of the second communication device; the processing module is used to stop sending data to the second communication device according to the RLC status report.
  • the second communications device sends the remaining PDUs in the first set of PDUs.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the sixth aspect.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver module, configured to receive PDUs in the first PDU set from the first communication device, and send The received PDU is stored in the receiving window/reassembly window; the processing module is configured to generate an RLC status report when it is determined that the reassembly timer has expired, where the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the transceiver module is used to send an RLC status report to the first communication device.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the beneficial effects can be found in the description of the seventh aspect and will not be described again here.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the seventh aspect.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver module, configured to send the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence.
  • One or more PDUs in the first PDU set carry a setting identifier; the setting identifier is used to request to obtain an RLC status report.
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive an RLC status report from the second communication device, where the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reassembly window of the second communication device.
  • a processing module configured to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device according to the RLC status report.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the eighth aspect.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver module, configured to receive PDUs in the first PDU set from the first communication device, and store the received PDUs in a receiving window/reassembly window.
  • One or more PDUs in the first PDU set carry a setting identifier, and the setting identifier is used to request to obtain an RLC status report.
  • the processing module is configured to generate an RLC status report when it is determined that any received PDU carries the setting identifier, where the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reassembly window.
  • the transceiver module is used to send an RLC status report to the first communication device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the ninth aspect.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module: the transceiver module is configured to send the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence. Wherein, one or more PDUs in the first PDU set carry a setting flag bit.
  • the setting flag bit is used to instruct the second communication device to feedback a status report.
  • the setting flag bit is when the first communication device determines the first PDU set. Configured or added in one or more PDUs when the transmission situation meets the first set condition.
  • the transceiver module is also configured to receive a status report from the second communication device, where the status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU or the reception status of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window of the second communication device.
  • the processing module is configured to stop sending PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs to the second communication device according to the status report, or to send PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received to the second communication device. PDU.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the beneficial effects can be found in the description of the tenth aspect and will not be described again here.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the behavior in the method example of the tenth aspect.
  • the functions described can be implemented by hardware, or can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver module and a processing module: the transceiver module is configured to receive PDUs in the first PDU set from the first communication device, and store the received PDUs in a receiving window. /reorder window.
  • the processing module is configured to determine that any received PDU carries a setting flag, and send a status report to the first communication device through the transceiver module.
  • the set flag bit is used to instruct the second communication device to feedback the status report.
  • the set flag bit is configured or added by the first communication device when it determines that the transmission situation of the first PDU set meets the first setting condition.
  • the status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU or the reception status of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device in the method embodiment, or a chip provided in the terminal device, or the like.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and optionally, a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface.
  • the communication device causes the communication device to execute the method executed by the terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, which may be the network device in the method embodiment, Or a chip installed in a network device, etc.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and optionally, a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface.
  • the processor executes the computer program or instructions, the communication device is caused to execute the method executed by the network device in the method embodiment.
  • inventions of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program or instructions.
  • the computer program or instructions When the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer causes the computer to execute any of the above. methods provided.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • Computer programs or instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program or instructions are executed by a computer, the The computer performs the method provided in any of the above aspects.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a chip, the chip is coupled to a memory, and the chip is used to read the computer program stored in the memory and execute the method provided in any of the above aspects.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor and is used to support a computer device to implement the method provided in any of the above aspects.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary programs and data of the computer device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • Figure 1 schematically shows a possible network architecture schematic diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of uplink data transmission between layers provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3 exemplarily shows a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by Embodiment 1 of the present application
  • Figure 4 exemplarily shows a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in Embodiment 2 of the present application
  • Figure 5 exemplarily shows a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in Embodiment 3 of the present application
  • Figure 6 exemplarily shows a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided in Embodiment 4 of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 exemplarily shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application.
  • Communication device It can be a device that supports wireless communication technology and can provide voice and/or data connectivity to users.
  • the specific form of the communication device is not limited.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device, a network device, a gateway, etc.
  • Terminal device It can be a wireless terminal device that can receive network device scheduling and instruction information.
  • the wireless terminal device can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to users, or a handheld device with wireless connection function, or Other processing equipment connected to the wireless modem.
  • the terminal device can communicate with one or more core networks or the Internet via the radio access network (RAN).
  • the terminal device can be a mobile terminal device, such as a mobile phone (also called a "cellular" phone, a mobile phone, a computer) and data cards, for example, which can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in or vehicle-mounted mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • Tablet computers with wireless transceiver functions, etc.
  • Equipment For example, personal communication service (PCS) Telephones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs), tablets (Pad), computers with wireless transceiver functions, etc. Equipment.
  • Wireless terminal equipment can also be called system, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), mobile station (mobile station, MS), remote station (remote station), access Access point (AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), subscriber station (SS), user Terminal equipment (customer premises equipment, CPE), terminal (terminal), user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc.
  • Terminal equipment can also be wearable devices and next-generation communication systems, for example, Terminal equipment in the 5G communication system or terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc.
  • Network device It can be a device in a wireless network.
  • the network device can be a radio access network (RAN) node (or device) that connects terminal devices to the wireless network, and can also be called a base station.
  • the network device may also be a core network (core network, CN) device in a wireless network.
  • RAN radio access network
  • CN core network
  • RAN equipment are: new ones in 5G communication systems Generation Node B (gNodeB), transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B , NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved Node B, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit , BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • RAN device including a CU node and a DU node.
  • the network device may be other devices that provide wireless communication functions for terminal devices.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the network equipment.
  • a device that provides wireless communication functions for terminal equipment is called a network device.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist simultaneously, and B alone exists, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an “or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following” or similar expressions thereof refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (items) or a plurality of items (items).
  • At least one of A, B, and C includes A, B, C, AB, AC, BC, or ABC.
  • the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects. degree.
  • Figure 1 exemplarily shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device is introduced as an example of terminal equipment, wireless access network equipment, and core network equipment.
  • the terminal device 100 can access a wireless network to obtain services of an external network (such as the Internet) through the wireless network, or can communicate with other devices through the wireless network, such as communicating with other terminal devices.
  • the wireless network includes a wireless access network device (ie, RAN device) 200 and a core network device (ie, CN device) 300.
  • the RAN device 200 is used to access the terminal device 100 to the wireless network
  • the CN device 300 is used to connect the terminal device 100 to the wireless network.
  • the device manages and provides a gateway for communication with the external network.
  • the terminal device and the RAN device can support multiple wireless communication technologies, and the terminal device and the RAN device can establish a communication link through multiple wireless communication technologies. Enable communication.
  • the terminal device can serve as a data sender and the RAN device can serve as a data receiver, or the RAN device can serve as a data sender and the terminal device can serve as a data receiver.
  • the number of each device in the communication system shown in Figure 1 is only for illustration, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. In actual applications, more terminal devices 100 and more RAN devices 200 may also be included. , may also include other devices.
  • the CN may include multiple CN devices 300.
  • the CN device 200 may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) entity, session management function (session management function, SMF) entity or user plane function (user plane function, UPF) entity, etc.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the CN device 300 is a UPF entity as an example.
  • the interface between the terminal device 100 and the RAN device 200 may be called a Uu interface or an air interface
  • the interface between the RAN device 200 and the UPF entity may be called an N3 interface.
  • the network architecture shown in Figure 1 can be applied to various wireless access technology (radio access technology, RAT) communication systems, such as 5G (or new radio (NR)). Communication systems, of course, can also be future communication systems.
  • RAT radio access technology
  • the network architecture illustrated in the embodiments of the present application is to more clearly explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the communication network architecture evolution, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the control plane protocol layer structure can include radio resource control (RRC) layer, packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical layer (PHY) ) and other protocol layer functions;
  • the user plane protocol layer structure can include functions of the protocol layers such as the PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer;
  • the PDCP layer can also include service data adaptation (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer.
  • a network device may have one node implement the functions of protocol layers such as RRC, PDCP, RLC, and MAC, or may have multiple nodes implement the functions of these protocol layers.
  • Data transmission needs to pass through the user plane protocol layer, such as through SDAP. layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer.
  • the SDAP layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, MAC layer, and physical layer can also be collectively referred to as the access layer.
  • the transmission direction of data it is divided into sending or receiving, and each layer mentioned above is divided into sending part and receiving part.
  • FIG 2 Taking uplink data transmission as an example, see Figure 2 for a schematic diagram of uplink data transmission between layers.
  • the downward arrow in Figure 2 represents data transmission, and the upward arrow represents data reception.
  • the PDCP layer After the PDCP layer obtains data from the upper layer, it will transmit the data to the RLC layer and MAC layer, and then the MAC layer will generate a transport block (TB), and then wirelessly transmit it through the physical layer.
  • the data is encapsulated correspondingly in each layer.
  • the data received by a certain layer from the upper layer of the layer is regarded as the service data unit (SDU) of the layer.
  • SDU service data unit
  • PDU protocol data unit
  • the data received by the PDCP layer from the upper layer is called PDCP SDU, and the data sent by the PDCP layer to the lower layer is called PDCP PDU;
  • the data received by the RLC layer from the upper layer is called RLC SDU, and the data sent by the RLC layer to the lower layer is called RLC PDU.
  • the data received by the MAC layer from the upper layer is called MAC SDU, and the data sent by the MAC layer to the lower layer is called MAC PDU.
  • MAC PDU can also be called TB.
  • most of the connections between layers are in the form of channels.
  • the RLC layer and the MAC layer correspond to each other through a logical channel (LCH).
  • the MAC layer and the physical layer correspond to each other through a transport channel. Below the physical layer are physical channels (physical channels), which are used to correspond to the other end. physical layer.
  • the terminal device may also have an application layer and a non-access layer; the application layer may be used to provide services to applications installed in the terminal device.
  • the non-access layer can be used to forward user data.
  • the uplink data received from the application layer can be forwarded to the SDAP layer or the downlink data received from the SDAP layer can be forwarded to the application layer.
  • the terminal device can sequentially transmit the downlink data received from the network device from the physical layer to the application layer, and then the application layer provides it to the application program.
  • FIG. 3 exemplarily shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in Embodiment 1 of the present application.
  • This method is suitable for the network architecture illustrated in Figure 1.
  • the method may be performed by the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the first communication device may be the terminal equipment shown in Figure 1 or a component (such as a chip or integrated circuit) that can support the terminal equipment to implement the functions required by the method, etc.
  • the second communication device may be the network shown in Figure 1 Equipment (such as RAN equipment) or components (such as chips or integrated circuits) that can support network equipment to implement the functions required by this method.
  • Equipment such as RAN equipment
  • components such as chips or integrated circuits
  • the first communication device can also be the network equipment shown in Figure 1 or a component (such as a chip or integrated circuit) that can support the network equipment to implement the functions required by the method.
  • the second communication device can also be the network equipment shown in Figure 1
  • the illustrated terminal equipment or components (such as chips or integrated circuits) that can support the terminal equipment to implement the functions required by the method, etc.
  • the first communication device and the second communication device may both be terminal devices, or the first communication device and the second communication device may both be network devices. This is not the case in the embodiments of the present application. Not limited.
  • the following takes the first communication device as a terminal device and the second communication device as a network device as an example for introduction.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 301 The terminal device sends the first information to the network device.
  • the first information may be used to determine information about PDUs included in the first set of PDUs to be transmitted.
  • the PDU information may indicate relevant information about the size/capacity (such as quantity/number of bytes/number of bits) of the PDU during PDU transmission. For example, the total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits contained in the first PDU set, the sequence number of the PDU at the end of the first PDU set, or the sequence of the PDU at the beginning of the second PDU set No.; wherein, the second PDU set is the next PDU set after the first PDU set.
  • the size/capacity such as quantity/number of bytes/number of bits
  • the total number/total number of bytes of PDUs included in the first PDU set can also be expressed by the total number/total size/total data amount/total size/total capacity of the PDUs included in the first PDU set. /Total number of bits.
  • the terminal device can pre-negotiate the length or size, such as the number of bytes, of each PDU sent with the network device.
  • the network device can determine the length or size of each PDU based on the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set and the length of each PDU. or size, calculate the total number of bytes/total number of bits of the PDUs contained in the first PDU set.
  • the network device when receiving the first PDU in the first PDU set, the network device can obtain the length or size of the first PDU by parsing the first PDU, that is, the length or size of each PDU, For example, the number of bytes.
  • the first information may also include a target success amount or a target failure amount.
  • the target success amount or target failure amount may be predefined, or may be carried through the first information, or may be configured through signaling, or may be through a system such as OAM (Operation Administration and Maintenance) configured.
  • the target success amount may refer to the target successful reception rate or the target successful reception amount; the target failure amount may refer to the target success rate. Failure acceptance rate or target failure acceptance volume.
  • the target successful reception rate may refer to the minimum correct reception rate of PDU/the minimum successful reception rate of PDU; the target successful reception amount may refer to the minimum correct reception amount of PDU/the minimum successful reception amount of PDU; the target failure reception rate may refer to the minimum successful reception amount of PDU Maximum loss rate/maximum failed PDU reception rate; the target failed reception amount may refer to the maximum PDU loss amount/maximum failed PDU reception amount.
  • the first information may be used by the network device to learn the total number/total number of bytes/total number of bits of PDUs included in the first set of PDUs to be transmitted.
  • the PDU set can also be equivalently replaced by similar nouns/terms/concepts representing a set of data packets, such as burst (burst) or data burst (data burst) or frame (Frame) or picture Group of Pictures (GOP) or slice, etc.
  • burst burst
  • data burst data burst
  • frame Frame
  • GOP picture Group of Pictures
  • the terminal device can send the first information to the network device in the following ways.
  • the first information can exist independently.
  • the terminal device may send the first information corresponding to the PDU set to be transmitted to the network device.
  • the terminal device may also send the first information corresponding to each set of PDUs to be transmitted to the network device before sending the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the first information can be carried or carried in the PDU.
  • the first information corresponding to each set of PDUs to be transmitted may be carried or carried in the first m PDUs in the set of PDUs to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device can respectively configure or add the first information to the first m PDUs in the first PDU set. In this way, the terminal device sends the first m PDUs to the network device in sequence.
  • the network device can obtain the first information from any PDU among the first m PDUs.
  • m is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the terminal device can configure or add the first information in the reserved field in the basic header of the PDU, and generate a configured or added PDU.
  • the terminal device can send the configured or added PDU to the network device.
  • the network device can obtain the first information by parsing the PDU.
  • the first three PDUs of the first PDU set may all carry the first information corresponding to the PDU set. For example, assuming that the first PDU set contains 10 PDUs, for the first three PDUs in the first PDU set, the first three PDUs may respectively carry information that the first PDU set contains 10 PDUs. For another example, for the first PDU among the first 3 PDUs in the first PDU set, the first PDU may carry information that is not transmitted by 9 PDUs in addition to itself, and the second PDU may carry information that is not transmitted by 9 PDUs in addition to itself. There are 8 PDUs that have not transmitted information, and the third PDU can carry 7 PDUs that have not transmitted information in addition to itself.
  • the first three PDUs in the first PDU set may respectively carry the sequence numbers of the PDUs located at the end of the first PDU set, or the first three PDUs may respectively carry the sequence numbers located at the end of the first PDU set. The sequence number of the starting PDU in the next PDU set after the first PDU set.
  • each of the first m PDUs may carry the sequence information of the PDU in the PDU set to which it belongs.
  • the sequence information is used to indicate the position of the PDU in the PDU set to which it belongs.
  • each PDU of the first m PDUs in the first PDU set may carry the order information of the PDU in the first PDU set.
  • the first PDU in the first PDU set may carry the bit sequence number 1 of the PDU in the first PDU set, that is, notifying the network device that the PDU is the first PDU currently transmitted. The first PDU in the PDU set.
  • the second PDU in the first PDU set may carry the bit sequence number 2 of the PDU in the first PDU set, that is, notifying the network device that the PDU is the second PDU in the currently transmitted first PDU set.
  • the third PDU in the first PDU set may carry the bit sequence number 3 of the PDU in the first PDU set, that is, notifying the network device that the PDU is the third PDU in the currently transmitted first PDU set.
  • each of the first three PDUs carries the sequence information of the PDU in the PDU set to which it belongs in order to avoid misunderstandings by the network equipment serving as the data receiving end. Because, if the first PDU among the first three PDUs carries the information of 10 PDUs in the PDU set to which it belongs, and the second PDU carries the information of 9 PDUs in the PDU set to which it belongs, then the first PDU is used by the network device When successfully received, the network device can learn that the total number of PDUs contained in the PDU set currently being received is 10. Taking the target failure reception rate of 20% as an example, the network device can count the errors received/lost/in the PDUs being received.
  • the network device based on the received second PDU, considers that the total number of PDUs contained in the PDU set currently being received is 9, based on the target failure reception rate. Taking 20% as an example, the network device can count whether the number of incorrectly received/lost/timeout received/decoded failed/integrity check failed PDUs among the PDUs being received exceeds 1.8.
  • the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information.
  • the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to the first PDU set, or may obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to each PDU set to be transmitted.
  • the terminal device can obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to the first set of PDUs or the sets of PDUs to be transmitted from an application (Application, APP) installed on a certain terminal device.
  • the terminal device can obtain the transmission configuration information from an APP installed on itself.
  • the terminal device may also obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to the first PDU set or each PDU set to be transmitted from the application server.
  • the transmission configuration information includes at least one of the following: first information, target success amount, or target failure amount.
  • the transmission configuration information may be provided to the terminal device by the APP or the application server all at once, or may be provided by the APP or the application server to the terminal device separately.
  • some information in the transmission configuration information (such as which PDUs belong to the same PDU set, for example, PDUs with sequence numbers 1, 2, and 3 belong to one PDU set, and PDUs with sequence numbers 4, 5, and 6 belong to another PDU set) It may be obtained by the terminal device through deep packet parsing, etc.
  • Some information (such as the target success amount or the target failure amount) may be pre-negotiated between the terminal device and the network device.
  • Some information (such as the PDU included in the PDU set) The total number/total number of bytes/total number of bits) may be statistically determined by the terminal device.
  • Step 302 The network device receives the first information and determines the information of the PDUs included in the first PDU set according to the first information.
  • the PDU information indicates relevant information about the PDU size/capacity (such as quantity/number of bytes/number of bits) during PDU transmission. For example, the total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits contained in the first PDU set, the sequence number of the PDU at the end of the first PDU set, or the sequence of the PDU at the beginning of the second PDU set No.; wherein, the second PDU set is the next PDU set after the first PDU set.
  • the PDU size/capacity such as quantity/number of bytes/number of bits
  • the network device can obtain the total number/total number of bytes or/total number of bits of PDUs included in the first set of PDUs to be transmitted through the first information.
  • the network device may directly obtain the total number of PDUs or/the total number of bytes/the total number of bits included in the first PDU set from the first information. If the first information does not include the total number/total number of bytes/total number of bits of PDUs included in the first PDU set, but includes the sequence number of the PDU at the end of the first PDU set or the sequence number of the PDU at the end of the second PDU set. The sequence number of the PDU at the starting position, the network device can calculate the first PDU based on the sequence number of the first PDU in the received first PDU set and the sequence number of the PDU at the end of the first PDU set. The total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits contained in the PDU set.
  • sequence number (or can also be called a number or sequence number, etc.) of the first PDU in the first PDU set received by the network device is 3, and the network device obtains the first PDU from the first information.
  • the sequence number of the PDU at the end of the set is 14, and the network device can calculate that the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set is 12.
  • Each PDU in the PDU set can carry the sequence number of the PDU during transmission.
  • the network device may also calculate the sequence number contained in the first PDU set based on the received sequence number of the first PDU in the first PDU set and the sequence number of the starting PDU in the second PDU set.
  • the total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits For example, it is assumed that the sequence number of the first PDU in the first PDU set received by the network device is 3, and the sequence number of the PDU at the starting position in the second PDU set obtained by the network device from the first information is 15, then the network device can calculate that the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set is 12.
  • the size/data amount/total size/capacity of the PDUs included in the first PDU set may also be expressed by the total number of bytes/total number of bits.
  • the terminal device can pre-negotiate the length or size, such as the number of bytes, of each PDU sent with the network device.
  • the network device can determine the length or size of each PDU based on the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set and the length of each PDU. or size, calculate the total number of bytes/total number of bits of the PDUs contained in the first PDU set.
  • the network device when receiving the first PDU in the first PDU set, the network device can obtain the length or size of the first PDU by parsing the first PDU, that is, the length or size of each PDU, For example, the number of bytes.
  • Step 303 The terminal device sends the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device in sequence.
  • the network device receives the PDUs in the first set of PDUs from the terminal device.
  • the above step 303 can be executed after the terminal device sends the first information to the network device. For example, after sending the first information to the network device, the terminal device sequentially sends the PDUs in the PDU set currently to be transmitted (such as the first PDU set) to the network device.
  • the above step 303 may be performed when the terminal device sends a set of PDUs to be transmitted (such as the first set of PDUs) to the network device. For example, the above step 303 may be performed before the above step 302.
  • each PDU included in the PDU set to be transmitted may be based on the sequence number of the PDU. Sorted in chronological order or size order.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device sends a certain set of PDUs to be transmitted (such as the first set of PDUs) to the network device, the terminal device can sequentially send each set of PDUs included in the first set of PDUs in sequence according to the sequence number or size order of the PDUs.
  • the PDU is sent to the network device. For example, assume that the first PDU set contains 5 PDUs, and the sequence numbers of the 5 PDUs are 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 respectively. In this way, when the terminal device sends the first PDU set to the network device, it can first send the PDU with the sequence number 2, and then send the PDU with the sequence number 3, 4, 5, and 6 in sequence.
  • Step 304 The network device determines the transmission success amount or transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set based on the transmission results of the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the network device may store the received PDUs in the first PDU set into the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window.
  • the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window of the network device may store the received PDUs in sequence according to the sequence number or size order of the PDUs.
  • the transmission result of the PDUs in the first PDU set may include that the PDU is successfully received or that the PDU is not successfully received.
  • the PDUs successfully received by the network device may include the PDUs in the first PDU set that are correctly received/reassembled successfully/submitted to the upper layer/decoded successfully/the integrity check is successful; the PDUs that are not successfully received by the network device may include the PDUs that are incorrectly received/lost/received overtime/decoded failed/integrity check failed in a PDU set.
  • the transmission success amount may refer to the successful reception amount/successful reception rate; the transmission failure amount may refer to the failed reception amount/failure reception rate.
  • the network device can maintain a counter (initial value is 0) to continuously count the first number of PDUs in the first PDU set that are correctly received/reassembled successfully/submitted to the upper layer/decoded successfully/integrity check is successful.
  • the network device can increase the counter by 1 for every PDU that is correctly received/reassembled successfully/submitted to the upper layer/decoded successfully/integrity check is successful within the PDU SN (Sequence Number) range corresponding to the first PDU set.
  • the network device may also continuously calculate the first number of bytes/the first number of bits of the PDUs in the first PDU set that are correctly received/reassembled successfully/submitted to the upper layer/decoded successfully/integrity check is successful.
  • correct reception may include PDU encryption, decryption and integrity verification passing, and/or all segmented PDUs being reassembled successfully within the specified time, and/or falling within the legal acceptance range.
  • the HFN hyperframenumber, superframe number
  • the RCVD- calculated for this PDU- COUNT COUNT of the received PDCP PDU, the high bit is RCVD_HFN, the low bit is RCVD_SN) is greater than or equal to RX-DELIV.
  • RCVD_HFN refers to the superframe number of the COUNT of the received PDCP PDU, and the length is 32 bits minus the length of RCVD_SN;
  • RCVD_SN refers to the sequence number of the received PDCP PDU.
  • the network device may also use a counter to continuously count the second number of PDUs in the first PDU set that are incorrectly received/lost/timeout received/decoded failed/integrity check failed. For example, the network device can increase the counter by 1 for every PDU received incorrectly/lost/timeout received/decoded failed/integrity check failed within the PDU SN range corresponding to the first PDU set.
  • the network device may also continuously calculate the second number of bytes/second number of bits of PDUs in the first set of PDUs that are received incorrectly/lost/timeout received/decoded failed/integrity check failed.
  • the network device may determine based on the first number/first number of bytes/first number of bits of PDUs in the first PDU set that are correctly received/reassembled successfully/submitted to the upper layer/decoded successfully/integrity check is successful.
  • the transmission success amount of PDUs in the first PDU set may be determined based on the first number/first number of bytes/first number of bits of PDUs in the first PDU set that are correctly received/reassembled successfully/submitted to the upper layer/decoded successfully/integrity check is successful.
  • the network device can calculate the first number/th PDU that is correctly received/reassembled successfully/submitted to the upper layer/decoded successfully/integrity check is successful in the first PDU set. After one byte number/first bit number, the calculated first number/first byte number/first bit number is used as the successful reception amount of PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the network device can calculate the first number of PDUs in the first PDU set that are correctly received/reassembled successfully/submitted to the upper layer/decoded successfully/integrity check is successful/ After the first number of bytes/the first number of bits, calculate the ratio of the first number/the first number of bytes/the first number of bits to the total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits included in the first PDU set , and the ratio can be used as the successful reception rate of the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the network device may also determine the second number of PDUs/the second number of bytes/the second number of bits based on the erroneous reception/loss/timeout reception/decoding failure/integrity check failure in the first PDU set. The number of transmission failures of PDUs in a PDU set.
  • the network device may calculate the second number/second word of PDUs that are incorrectly received/lost/timeout received/decoded failed/integrity check failed in the first PDU set. After the number of sections/the second number of bits, the calculated second number/the second number of bytes/the second number of bits is used as the failed reception amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the network device can calculate the error reception/loss in the first PDU set. /After the second number/second number of bytes/second number of bits of PDUs that received overtime/failed to decode/failed integrity check, calculate the second number/second number of bytes/second number of bits and the first PDU The ratio of the total number of PDUs included in the set/total number of bytes/total number of bits, and this ratio can be used as the failure reception rate of PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • Step 305 The network device generates second information when the transmission success amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount or the transmission failure amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount.
  • the network device may generate second information when the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount.
  • the second information is used to indicate the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set. Greater than or equal to the target success amount.
  • the network device may also generate second information when the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount.
  • the second information is used to indicate the transmission failure of the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the amount is greater than or equal to the target failure amount.
  • the network device may determine whether the successful reception amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target successful reception amount.
  • the network device may generate second information, the second information is used to indicate that the successful reception amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to The target number of successful receptions.
  • the network device may determine whether the successful reception rate of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target successful reception rate.
  • the network device may generate second information, the second information is used to indicate that the successful reception rate of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to Target success rate.
  • the network device may determine whether the failure reception amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure reception amount.
  • the network device may generate second information, the second information is used to indicate that the failed reception amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to The amount of target failures received.
  • the network device may determine whether the failure reception rate of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure reception rate.
  • the network device may generate second information, the second information is used to indicate that the failure reception rate of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to Target failure acceptance rate.
  • the network device may also generate second information carrying indication information or a reason value when the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, and the indication information or reason value is used to indicate the third The transmission success amount of PDUs in a PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount.
  • the network device may also generate second information carrying indication information or a reason value when the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, and the indication information or reason value is used to indicate the third The transmission failure amount of PDUs in a PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount.
  • the indication information may be an indication value.
  • the indication value 0 may be set to indicate that the transmission success amount is greater than or equal to the target success amount
  • the indication value 1 may be set to indicate that the transmission failure amount is greater than or equal to the target failure amount.
  • the reason value 0 can be set to indicate that the transmission success amount is greater than or equal to the target success amount
  • the reason value 1 can be set to indicate that the transmission failure amount is greater than or equal to the target failure amount.
  • the network device may generate second information for instructing to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set at any time during the process of receiving the PDUs in the first PDU set. For example, during the process of receiving the PDUs in the first PDU set, the network device may generate a message to instruct the terminal device to stop sending the first PDU to the network device according to its actual situation or other situations (for example, the network device no longer wants to receive PDUs). The second information of the PDU in the set.
  • the network device when the network device detects that its own resources (such as insufficient network resources or insufficient computing resources, etc.) do not meet the conditions for continuing to receive PDUs, it generates a third message for instructing the terminal device to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • its own resources such as insufficient network resources or insufficient computing resources, etc.
  • the network device may also generate second information for instructing to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set when the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount.
  • the network device may also generate second information for instructing to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set when the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount. For example, when the transmission success amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount or the transmission failure amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, the network device considers that no more reception is needed. From the PDUs in the first PDU set of the terminal device, second information for instructing the terminal device to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device may be generated.
  • Step 306 The network device sends the second information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives second information from the network device.
  • the second information when the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, the second information may be a status report.
  • the second information when the second information is used to indicate that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount, the second information may be a status report.
  • the second information may also be carried in an indication message or status report.
  • Step 307 The terminal device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device according to the second information.
  • the terminal device may stop sending the first PDU set to the network device after receiving the second information. You may also choose to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device after sending at least one PDU in the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the terminal device may stop sending the first PDU set to the network device after receiving the second information. the remaining PDUs in the
  • the terminal device may stop transmitting data to the network after receiving the second information.
  • the device sends the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, or may choose to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device after sending at least one PDU in the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the terminal device may stop sending data to the network after receiving the second information.
  • the device sends the remaining PDUs in the first set of PDUs.
  • the terminal device may stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device after receiving the second information.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, or the indication information or cause value carried in the second information indicates that the PDUs in the first PDU set are
  • the terminal device can also determine whether it can continue to send the first PDU set to the network device by combining air interface resources (such as time domain resources, frequency domain resources, or air domain resources, etc.) or sending queue resources. the remaining PDUs in the If the air interface resources or transmission queue resources do not meet the resource requirements of the terminal device to continue sending PDUs, the terminal device needs to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • air interface resources such as time domain resources, frequency domain resources, or air domain resources, etc.
  • Step 308 The terminal device sends the third information to the network device.
  • the network device receives third information from the terminal device.
  • the third information may be used to indicate that the terminal device agrees to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the third information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device does not agree to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the terminal device may stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device after continuing to send one or more PDUs in the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the third information may include information related to the first parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window of the network device suggested by the terminal device, and the related information may be used to indicate to the network device Stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, and adjust the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window accordingly.
  • the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window may refer to RX_DELIV in PDCP or RX_NEXT in PDCP or RX_Next in RLC or RX_Highest_Status in RLC (the maximum Status sending status variable, which is used when the reassembly timer times out. Update) etc.
  • the terminal device when the information sent by the terminal device to the network device is used to instruct the network device to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, if there is a next PDU set to be transmitted after the first PDU set (such as the second PDU set set), the terminal device can send the PDUs in the second PDU set to the network device in sequence.
  • the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to the second PDU set. For another example, before sending the PDU set with the first transmission order to the network device, the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to each PDU set to be transmitted.
  • Step 309 The network device stops receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set according to the third information.
  • the terminal device may stop receiving PDUs in the first PDU set from the terminal device.
  • the third information when used to instruct the terminal device to agree to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, the third information may also include the receiving window/reordering window of the network device suggested by the terminal device. /The first parameter value of the protocol parameters in the reassembly window.
  • the terminal device may continue to receive the PDUs in the first PDU set from the terminal device until it receives Information sent by the terminal device to instruct to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, or until information sent by the terminal device is received suggesting that the network device adjusts the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window , this information may be used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the relevant information can be used to instruct the network device to stop receiving.
  • the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set can be adjusted accordingly for the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window.
  • the network device can change the first parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window according to the first parameter value
  • the current parameter value is updated to the first parameter value.
  • the protocol parameter may refer to the starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window.
  • the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window to 5,5 can be used as the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window.
  • the network device may also determine the second parameter value based on the current parameter value and/or the first information and/or the third information of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window, and may change the receiving window/ The current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the reordering window/reassembly window is updated to the second parameter value.
  • the second parameter value is used to indicate a new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window based on the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window.
  • the network device can determine the new parameter value according to actual needs. For example, the network device may determine the new parameter value to be 6 based on actual needs, or may also determine the new parameter value to be 15 based on actual needs. This is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the reception window/reordering window/reassembly window to the new parameter values.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window based on the first information.
  • the network device may determine that the number of PDUs included in the first PDU set is 5. Including the sequence number of the PDU at the end of the first PDU set is 104, the network device can know that the terminal device is about to start transmission from the PDU with sequence number 105. At this time, the network device can determine the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window. The new starting position is 105. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 105.
  • the network device can know that the terminal device is about to start transmission from the PDU with the sequence number of 105. At this time, the network device can determine the receiving window. The new starting position of /reorder window/reorganization window is 105. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 105.
  • the network device can know that the terminal device is about to start transmitting from the PDU with the sequence number of 105. At this time, the network device can determine to receive The new starting position of the window/reorder window/reorganization window is 105. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 105.
  • the network device can also determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window to be 104 according to actual needs, and change the protocol in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window. The current parameter value of the parameter was adjusted from 5 to 104.
  • the network device can also determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window as 103 based on actual needs, and adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 103.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window based on the third information.
  • the network device may determine that the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window is 105. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window to 105.
  • the network device can also determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window to be 103 based on actual needs, and adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window to 103, or You can also determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window to be 102 according to actual needs, and adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window to 102. This is the case in the embodiment of the present application. Not limited.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window based on the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window and the first information.
  • the network device can know that the sequence number of the last PDU in the first PDU set is 104, and can know that the terminal device is about to start transmitting from the PDU with sequence number 105. At this time, the network device can determine the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window The new starting position is 105. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 105.
  • the network device can know that the terminal device is about to start transmitting from the PDU with sequence number 105. At this time, the network device can determine that the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window is 105. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 105.
  • the network device can know that the terminal device is about to start transmitting from the PDU with sequence number 105. At this time, the network device can determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window to be 105. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 105.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window based on the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window and the third information.
  • the network device can change the receiving window/reordering window/ The current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the reassembly window is adjusted from 5 to 105.
  • You can also adjust the receive window/reordering window/ The current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the reassembly window is adjusted from 5 to 103.
  • the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window can be adjusted according to actual needs, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can determine the new parameter value based on the first parameter value. For example, the network device can determine the new parameter value to be 104, or it can determine the new parameter value to be 105, or it can determine the new parameter value to be 106, or the new parameter value can be determined to be 107, or the new parameter value can be determined to be 108, or the new parameter value can be determined to be 109.
  • the new parameter value can be determined according to actual needs, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. Then, the network device can adjust the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the reception window/reordering window/reassembly window to the new parameter values.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window based on the first information and the third information.
  • the network device can determine that the first information includes that the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set is 100, and assume that the first parameter value is 105, and assume that the sequence number of the PDU at the starting position in the first PDU set is 5, Then the network device can determine that the first information includes the sequence number of the PDU at the end of the first PDU set is 104, and the network device can know that the terminal device is about to start transmitting from the PDU with the sequence number 105. At this time, the network device can determine to receive The new starting position of the window/reorder window/reorganization window is 105. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 105.
  • the network device can know that the terminal device is about to start transmitting from the PDU with the sequence number of 105. , at this time the network device can determine that the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window is 105. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 105.
  • the network device can know that the terminal device is about to start from the PDU with the sequence number of 105. Transmission, at this time the network device can determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window as 105. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 105.
  • the network device can also determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window to be 104 according to actual needs, and set the receiving window/reordering window/ The current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the reassembly window is adjusted from 5 to 104, or the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window can be determined to be 103 according to actual needs, and the protocol in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window The current parameter value of the parameter was adjusted from 5 to 103.
  • the network device can determine the value of the PDU based on the first parameter value. to determine new parameter values, the network The device may determine that the new parameter value is 104, or it may determine that the new parameter value is 105, or it may determine that the new parameter value is 106, or it may determine that the new parameter value is 107, or it may determine that the new parameter value is 108, or it may determine the new parameter The value is 109.
  • the new parameter value can be determined according to actual needs. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Then, the network device can adjust the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the reception window/reordering window/reassembly window to the new parameter values.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window based on the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window, the first information, and the third information.
  • the network device can know that the sequence number of the last PDU in the first PDU set is 104, and can know that the terminal device is about to start transmitting from the PDU with the sequence number 105. At this time, the network device can The current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window can be adjusted from 5 to 105.
  • the network device can know that the terminal device is about to start transmitting from the PDU with the sequence number 105. At this time, the network device can change the current parameters of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window. The value is adjusted from 5 to 105. You can also adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 104.
  • the value is adjusted from 5 to 103.
  • the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window can be adjusted according to actual needs. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can know that the terminal device is about to start transmitting from the PDU with the sequence number 105. At this time, the network device can change the current protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window. The parameter value is adjusted from 5 to 105. You can also adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window from 5 to 104.
  • the parameter value is adjusted from 5 to 103.
  • the current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window/reassembly window can be adjusted according to actual needs, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can determine the new parameter value based on the first parameter value. For example, the network device can determine the new parameter value to be 104, or it can determine the new parameter value to be 105, or it can determine the new parameter value.
  • the new parameter value is 106, or the new parameter value can be determined to be 107, or the new parameter value can be determined to be 108, or the new parameter value can be determined to be 109, the new parameter value can be determined according to actual needs, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this .
  • Embodiment 1 Based on Embodiment 1, some possible implementations are described below in conjunction with Embodiment 2 to Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 4 exemplarily shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in Embodiment 2 of the present application.
  • This method is suitable for the network architecture illustrated in Figure 1.
  • the method may be performed by the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the following continues to take the first communication device as a terminal device and the second communication device as a network device as an example for introduction.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 401 The terminal device sends the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device in sequence.
  • Network devices receive PDUs from end devices.
  • the PDUs included in the set of PDUs to be transmitted may be sorted according to the sequence number or size order of the PDUs.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device sends a certain set of PDUs to be transmitted (such as the first set of PDUs) to the network device, the terminal device can send each PDU included in the first set of PDUs in order according to the sequence number or size order of the PDUs. to network equipment.
  • the sequence numbers of the 6 PDUs are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 respectively.
  • the terminal device can sequentially send the sequence numbers 1, 2 ,3,4,5,6 PDUs are sent to the network device.
  • the terminal device can first obtain the transmission Configuration information. For example, before the terminal device sequentially sends the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to the first PDU set, or may obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to each PDU set to be transmitted. .
  • the terminal device can obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to the first set of PDUs or each set of PDUs to be transmitted from an APP installed on a certain terminal device, or can also obtain the first set of PDUs or each set of PDUs to be transmitted from the application server.
  • the transmission configuration information includes at least one of the following: first information, target success amount, or target failure amount.
  • the transmission configuration information may be provided to the terminal device by the APP or the application server all at once, or may be provided by the APP or the application server to the terminal device separately.
  • some information in the transmission configuration information (such as which PDUs belong to the same PDU set, for example, PDUs with sequence numbers 3, 4, and 5 belong to one PDU set, and PDUs with sequence numbers 6, 7, and 8 belong to another PDU set) It may be obtained by the terminal device through deep packet parsing, etc.
  • Some information (such as the target success amount or the target failure amount) may be pre-negotiated between the terminal device and the network device.
  • Some information (such as the PDU included in the PDU set) The total number/total number of bytes/total number of bits) may be statistically determined by the terminal device.
  • Step 402 The network device stores the received PDU into the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the receiving window/reordering window of the network device may store the received PDUs in sequence according to the sequence number or size order of the PDUs.
  • Step 403 When the network device determines that the reordering timer has expired, the network device generates a PDCP status report.
  • the network device can determine whether to start the reordering timer by detecting the receiving window/reordering window and determining whether there are missing or out-of-order PDUs in the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the reordering timer can be started.
  • the network device can generate a PDCP status report based on the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reordering window.
  • Step 404 The network device sends a PDCP status report to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the PDCP status report from the network device.
  • the PDCP status report can be used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window of the network device.
  • the network device can record which PDUs were successfully received and which PDUs were not successfully received in the reception window/reordering window in the PDCP status report.
  • the terminal device sends 5 PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, and the sequence numbers of the 5 PDUs are 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 respectively.
  • the sequence is missing in the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the network device can record in the PDCP status report that the PDUs with sequence numbers 4 and 5 were not successfully received, and the PDUs with sequence numbers 3, 6, and 7 were successfully received.
  • the network device can use the identification value or flag bit in the PDCP status report to record whether the PDU has been successfully received or not. For example, the network device can use the identification value 0 in the PDCP status report to indicate that the PDU has not been successfully received. , using an identification value of 1 to indicate that the PDU was successfully received.
  • Step 405 The terminal device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device according to the PDCP status report.
  • the terminal device can determine the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set or the first PDU based on the transmission results of the PDUs in the reception window/reordering window recorded in the PDCP status report.
  • the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reordering window may include that the PDU is successfully received or that the PDU is not successfully received.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, and may also determine whether the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount.
  • the terminal device may stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the terminal device may stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the terminal device may also choose to send at least one PDU among the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, and then Stop sending remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the terminal device can also send queue resources by combining air interface resources (such as time domain resources, frequency domain resources or air domain resources, etc.) or sending queue resources. , determine whether the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set can continue to be sent to the network device. If the air interface resources or transmission queue resources do not meet the resource requirements of the terminal device to continue sending PDUs, the terminal device needs to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • air interface resources such as time domain resources, frequency domain resources or air domain resources, etc.
  • the terminal device sending the PDU corresponding to the video frame to the network device as an example.
  • the transmission success amount of the PDU in the PDU set corresponding to the video frame is greater than or equal to the target success amount, in order to ensure better video quality or higher For video clarity, the terminal device can choose to continue sending some of the PDUs in the remaining PDU set corresponding to the video frame to the network device, and then stop sending the remaining PDUs in the PDU set corresponding to the video frame to the network device.
  • the terminal device may choose to continue sending some of the PDUs in the remaining PDU set corresponding to the video frame to the network device, and then stop sending the remaining PDUs in the PDU set corresponding to the video frame to the network device.
  • the terminal device may calculate the third number/third number of bytes/th number of PDUs that have been successfully received in the first PDU set included in the PDCP status report. After three bits, the calculated third number/third number of bytes/third number of bits is used as the successful reception amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether the successful reception amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target successful reception amount.
  • the terminal device may calculate the third number/third number of bytes/th number of PDUs that have been successfully received in the first PDU set included in the PDCP status report. After three bits, calculate the ratio of the third number/the third number of bytes/the third number of bits to the total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits included in the first PDU set, and the ratio can be used as Successful reception rate of PDUs in the first PDU set. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether the successful reception rate of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target successful reception rate.
  • the terminal device may calculate the fourth number/the fourth number of bytes of PDUs that are not successfully received in the first PDU set included in the PDCP status report. /After the fourth number of bits, the calculated fourth number/the fourth number of bytes/the fourth number of bits is used as the failed reception amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether the failed reception amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failed reception amount.
  • the terminal device may calculate the fourth number/the fourth number of bytes of PDUs that are not successfully received in the first PDU set included in the PDCP status report. /After the fourth number of bits, calculate the ratio of the fourth number/the fourth number of bytes/the fourth number of bits to the total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits included in the first PDU set, and the ratio can be The ratio is used as the failed reception rate of PDUs in the first PDU set. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether the failed reception rate of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failed reception rate.
  • Step 406 The terminal device sends the third information to the network device.
  • the network device receives third information from the terminal device.
  • the third information may be used to instruct the terminal device to determine to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device. It can be understood that the third information is used to instruct the network device to stop receiving the first PDU. The remaining PDUs in the set.
  • the third information may also be used to instruct the terminal device to determine to continue sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device. It can be understood that the third information is used to instruct the network device to continue to receive the first PDU set. The remaining PDUs in the PDU set. For example, the terminal device may stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device after continuing to send one or more PDUs in the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the third information may include information related to the third parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window of the network device suggested by the terminal device, and the related information may be used to instruct the network device to stop receiving the third parameter value.
  • the remaining PDUs in a PDU set can be adjusted accordingly for the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receive window/reordering window.
  • the protocol parameters in the reception window/reordering window may refer to RX_DELIV in PDCP or RX_NEXT in PDCP, etc.
  • the terminal device can send the PDUs in the second PDU set to the network device in sequence.
  • the terminal device can clear the cached PDUs in the first PDU set, which can release memory and relieve the storage pressure of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to the second PDU set. For another example, before sending the PDU set with the first transmission order to the network device, the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to each PDU set to be transmitted.
  • Step 407 The network device stops receiving PDUs in the first PDU set according to the third information.
  • the network device may stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set from the terminal device.
  • the third information when used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, the third information may also include a third protocol parameter in the reception window/reordering window of the network device recommended by the terminal device. parameter value.
  • the relevant information can be used to instruct the network device to stop receiving the first PDU.
  • the remaining PDUs in the set can be adjusted accordingly for the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receive window/reordering window.
  • the network device may continue to receive the incoming PDUs. From the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set of the terminal device, until receiving information sent by the terminal device indicating to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, or until receiving a suggestion that the network device adjusts the reception window sent by the terminal device. /Information about the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the reordering window. This information can be used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the network device can update the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window to the third parameter value included in the third information.
  • the protocol parameter may refer to the starting position of the receiving window/reordering window. Assuming that the third parameter value included in the third information is 8, the network device may adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window to 8, 8 can be used as the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the network device may also determine the fourth parameter value based on the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window and/or the third information, and may change the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the value is updated to the fourth parameter value.
  • the fourth parameter value is used to indicate the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window based on the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the network device can determine the new parameter value according to actual needs. For example, the network device may determine the new parameter value to be 10 based on actual needs, or may also determine the new parameter value to be 15 based on actual needs. This is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receive window/reordering window to the new parameter values.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window based on the third information.
  • the network device may determine that the new starting position of the reception window/reordering window is 20. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window to 20, and 20 can be used as the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the network device can also determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window to be 19 based on actual needs, and adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window to 19, or it can also determine it based on actual needs.
  • the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window is 18, and the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window is adjusted to 18. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may also determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reordering window based on the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window and the third information.
  • the network device can change the protocol parameter value in the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the current parameter value is adjusted from 1 to 8.
  • the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window can be adjusted according to actual needs, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 exemplarily shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in Embodiment 3 of the present application.
  • This method is suitable for the network architecture illustrated in Figure 1.
  • the method may be performed by the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the following continues to take the first communication device as a terminal device and the second communication device as a network device as an example for introduction.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 501 The terminal device sends the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device in sequence.
  • Network devices receive PDUs from end devices.
  • step 501 may refer to the implementation of step 401 above, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 502 The network device stores the received PDU into the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the receiving window/reassembly window of the network device may store the received PDUs in sequence according to the sequence number or size order of the PDUs.
  • Step 503 When the network device determines that the reassembly timer has expired, the network device generates an RLC status report.
  • the network device can determine whether to start the reassembly timer by detecting the receiving window/reassembly window and determining whether there are PDUs with incomplete reassembly in the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the network device detects that there are PDUs with incomplete reassembly in the receiving window/reassembly window, it can start the reassembly timer.
  • the network device can generate an RLC status report based on the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reassembly window.
  • Step 504 The network device sends an RLC status report to the terminal device.
  • the end device receives RLC status reports from network devices.
  • the RLC status report can be used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reassembly window of the network device.
  • the network device can record which PDUs were successfully received and which PDUs were not successfully received in the reception window/reassembly window in the RLC status report.
  • the terminal device sends 6 PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, and the sequence numbers of the 6 PDUs are 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 respectively.
  • the sequence in the receiving window/reassembly window The PDU with sequence number 5 has not been reassembled.
  • the network device can record in the RLC status report that the PDU with sequence number 5 has not been successfully received, and the PDU with sequence number 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7 has been received.
  • the network device can use the identification value or flag bit in the RLC status report to record whether the PDU has been successfully received or not.
  • the network device can use the identification value 0 in the RLC status report to indicate that the PDU has not been successfully received. , using an identification value of 1 to indicate that the PDU was successfully received.
  • Step 505 The terminal device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device according to the RLC status report.
  • the terminal device can determine the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set or the first PDU set based on the transmission results of the PDUs in the reception window/reassembly window recorded in the RLC status report.
  • the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reassembly window may include that the PDU is successfully received or that the PDU is not successfully received.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount, and may also determine whether the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount.
  • the terminal device may stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the terminal device may stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the terminal device may also choose to send at least one PDU among the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, and then Stop sending remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the terminal device can also send queue resources by combining air interface resources (such as time domain resources, frequency domain resources or air domain resources, etc.) or sending queue resources. , determine whether the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set can continue to be sent to the network device. If the air interface resources or transmission queue resources do not meet the resource requirements of the terminal device to continue sending PDUs, the terminal device needs to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • air interface resources such as time domain resources, frequency domain resources or air domain resources, etc.
  • the terminal device can calculate the fifth number/fifth number of bytes/th number of PDUs that have been successfully received in the first PDU set included in the RLC status report. After five bits, the calculated fifth number/fifth number of bytes/fifth bit number is used as the successful reception amount of PDUs in the first PDU set. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether the successful reception amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target successful reception amount.
  • the terminal device may calculate the fifth number/fifth number of bytes/th number of PDUs that have been successfully received in the first PDU set included in the RLC status report. After five bits, calculate the ratio of the fifth number/the fifth number of bytes/the fifth number of bits to the total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits included in the first PDU set, and the ratio can be used as Successful reception rate of PDUs in the first PDU set. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether the successful reception rate of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target successful reception rate.
  • the terminal device may calculate the sixth number/sixth number of bytes of PDUs that are not successfully received in the first PDU set included in the RLC status report. /After the sixth number of bits, the calculated sixth number/sixth number of bytes/sixth number of bits is used as the failed reception amount of PDUs in the first PDU set. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether the failed reception amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failed reception amount.
  • the terminal device may calculate the sixth number/sixth number of bytes of PDUs that are not successfully received in the first PDU set included in the RLC status report. /After the sixth number of bits, calculate the ratio of the sixth number/the sixth number of bytes/the sixth number of bits to the total number of PDUs/total number of bytes/total number of bits included in the first PDU set, and the ratio can be The ratio is used as the failed reception rate of PDUs in the first PDU set. In this way, the terminal device can determine whether the failed reception rate of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failed reception rate.
  • the terminal device may determine that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is less than a certain amount based on the transmission results of the PDUs in the reception window/reassembly window recorded in the RLC status report. a threshold or first set of PDUs When the transmission failure amount of PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than a certain threshold, you may choose to send the unsuccessfully received PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, so as to help the network device accurately recover the complete first PDU set.
  • the terminal device may randomly select one or more PDUs from a plurality of PDUs that have not been successfully received in the first PDU set, and send the randomly selected one or more PDUs to the network device. .
  • the terminal device may also select one or more PDUs whose number of retransmissions is less than or equal to the maximum number of retransmissions among multiple PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received, and add the one or more PDUs to the maximum number of retransmissions. Multiple PDUs are sent to network devices.
  • Step 506 The terminal device sends the third information to the network device.
  • the network device receives third information from the terminal device.
  • the third information may be used to instruct the terminal device to determine to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device. It can be understood that the third information is used to instruct the network device to stop receiving the first PDU. The remaining PDUs in the set.
  • the third information may also be used to instruct the terminal device to determine to continue sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device. It can be understood that the third information is used to instruct the network device to continue to receive the first PDU set. The remaining PDUs in the PDU set. For example, the terminal device may stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device after continuing to send one or more PDUs in the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device.
  • the third information may include information related to the fifth parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window of the network device suggested by the terminal device, and the related information may be used to instruct the network device to stop receiving the first
  • the remaining PDUs in the PDU set can be adjusted accordingly for the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receive window/reassembly window.
  • the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window may refer to RX_Next in RLC or RX_Highest_Status in RLC, etc.
  • the terminal device can send the PDUs in the second PDU set to the network device in sequence.
  • the terminal device can clear the cached PDUs in the first PDU set, which can release memory and relieve the storage pressure of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to the second PDU set. For another example, before sending the PDU set with the first transmission order to the network device, the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to each PDU set to be transmitted.
  • Step 507 The network device stops receiving PDUs in the first PDU set according to the third information.
  • the network device may stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set from the terminal device.
  • the third information when used to indicate to stop receiving the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set, the third information may also include the fifth parameter of the protocol parameters in the reception window/reassembly window of the network device suggested by the terminal device. value.
  • the relevant information can be used to instruct the network device to stop receiving messages from the terminal device.
  • the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set can be adjusted accordingly to the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the reception window/reassembly window.
  • the network device may continue to receive the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set until receiving a message sent by the terminal device indicating to stop receiving the third PDU.
  • the network device can update the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window to the fifth parameter value based on the fifth parameter value included in the third information.
  • the protocol parameter may refer to the starting position of the receiving window/reassembly window. Assume that the fifth parameter value included in the third information is 8, and the network device may adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window to 8, 8 can be used as the new starting position of the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the network device may also determine the sixth parameter value based on the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window and/or the third information, and may update the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window. is the sixth parameter value.
  • the sixth parameter value is used to indicate the new starting position of the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reassembly window based on the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the network device can determine the new parameter value according to actual needs. For example, the network device may determine the new parameter value to be 11 based on actual needs, or may also determine the new parameter value to be 8 based on actual needs. This is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the reception window/reassembly window to the new parameter values.
  • the network device may determine a new starting position of the receiving window/reassembly window based on the third information.
  • the network device may determine the new starting position of the reception window/reassembly window to be 15. Afterwards, the network device can adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window to 15, and 15 can be used as the new starting position of the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the network device can also determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reassembly window to be 13 based on actual needs, and adjust the current parameter value of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window to 13, or it can also determine the receiving window based on actual needs. /The new starting position of the reassembly window is 12, and the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window is adjusted to 12. This is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device may also determine the new starting position of the receiving window/reassembly window based on the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window and the third information.
  • the network device can change the current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the value is adjusted from 1 to 15.
  • the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reassembly window can be adjusted according to actual needs, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 6 exemplarily shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in Embodiment 4 of the present application.
  • This method is suitable for the network architecture illustrated in Figure 1.
  • the method may be performed by the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the following continues to take the first communication device as a terminal device and the second communication device as a network device as an example for introduction.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 601 The terminal device sends the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device in sequence.
  • Network devices receive PDUs from end devices.
  • step 601 may refer to the implementation of step 401 above, which will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device when it needs to request an RLC status report from the network device, it can determine one or more PDUs to be transmitted from the first PDU set, and add the PDUs to the one or more PDUs to be transmitted respectively. Carrying a setting identifier, the setting identifier is used to indicate a request to obtain an RLC status report. For example, for each PDU in one or more PDUs to be transmitted, the terminal device can configure or add a set identification value (such as 1) in the reserved field in the basic header of the PDU. The set identification value 1 is used to indicate a request to obtain an RLC status report.
  • a set identification value such as 1
  • Step 602 The network device stores the received PDU into the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the receiving window/reassembly window of the network device may store the received PDUs in sequence according to the sequence number or size order of the PDUs.
  • Step 603 When the network device determines that any received PDU carries the setting identifier, the network device generates an RLC status report.
  • the terminal device can determine whether each PDU carries the setting identifier by performing content detection or analysis on each PDU stored in the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the network device can generate an RLC status report based on the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the network device can also generate an RLC status report based on the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reassembly window when it is determined that a certain PDU carries the setting identifier and the reassembly timer has expired.
  • Step 604 The network device sends an RLC status report to the terminal device.
  • the end device receives RLC status reports from network devices.
  • step 604 may refer to the implementation of step 504 above, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 605 The terminal device stops sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device according to the RLC status report.
  • step 605 may refer to the implementation of step 505 above, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 606 The terminal device sends the third information to the network device.
  • the network device receives third information from the terminal device.
  • step 606 may refer to the implementation of step 506 above, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 607 The network device stops receiving PDUs in the first PDU set according to the third information.
  • step 607 may refer to the implementation of step 507 above, which will not be described again here.
  • FIG. 9 exemplarily shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in Embodiment 5 of the present application.
  • This method is suitable for the network architecture illustrated in Figure 1.
  • the method may be performed by the first communication device and the second communication device.
  • the following continues to take the first communication device as a terminal device and the second communication device as a network device as an example for introduction.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 901 The terminal device sends the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device in sequence.
  • Network devices receive PDUs from end devices.
  • the implementation method adopted in step 901 may refer to the implementation method adopted in step 401 above, which will not be described again here.
  • step 901 when the terminal device sequentially sends the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, if it is determined that the transmission situation of the first PDU set satisfies the first setting condition, the terminal device can obtain the PDU from the first PDU set. Select one or more PDUs to be transmitted from the set, and configure or add a setting flag bit in the one or more PDUs to be transmitted.
  • the setting flag bit is used to instruct the network device to feedback status reports, such as PDCP status report.
  • the status report may also be a status report in the form of other protocols, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device selectively configures or adds a setting flag bit in one or more PDUs to be transmitted according to the needs, so as to specifically instruct the network device under which circumstances to feedback the status report (such as PDCP status report), without the need for the network device to periodically feedback status reports according to the set cycle length.
  • the status report such as PDCP status report
  • the transmission situation of the first PDU set satisfying the first set condition includes: the number of sent PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and/or the number of PDUs sent in the first PDU set is The number of sections/bits is greater than or equal to the second threshold, and/or the ratio of the number of transmitted PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of PDUs contained in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the third threshold, and/or Or, the ratio of the number of bytes/bits of the sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of bytes/total bits of the PDUs included in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the fourth threshold; and/or, The used processing time of a PDU set is greater than or equal to the first time threshold, and/or the processing time excluding the used processing time in the total processing time corresponding to the first PDU set is less than or equal to the second time threshold.
  • the status report is a PDCP status report as an example.
  • the terminal device can The reserved field in the basic header of the PDU configures or adds a setting flag (such as "yes” or "1", etc.). For example, when the set flag bit is “yes” or “1”, the set flag bit "yes” or “1” is used to indicate that the network device needs to feedback a PDCP status report. When the set flag bit is "yes” or “ 1”, set the flag bit "No” or “0” to indicate that the network device does not need to feedback PDCP status reports.
  • the PDCP status report exemplified above is only to explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and does not limit the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the following takes the ratio of the number of sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set to be greater than or equal to the third threshold as an example to introduce how the terminal device instructs the network device to feed back the PDCP status as needed.
  • Report implementation process In the process of sequentially sending PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, the terminal device determines that the ratio of the number of sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set reaches 30%, Then the terminal device can instruct the network device to feedback the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set according to the requirements.
  • the terminal device can respectively configure or add a setting flag bit in one or more PDUs to be transmitted in the first PDU set, so as to instruct the network device to generate a PDCP status report and feed the PDCP status report back to the terminal device. This can facilitate the terminal device to promptly and accurately understand the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set by the network device.
  • the terminal device may, according to the needs, add the number of PDUs in the first PDU set to The setting flag bits are again respectively configured or added to one or more PDUs to be transmitted, so as to instruct the network device to once again feedback the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the terminal device may, according to the needs, add the number of PDUs in the first PDU set to one or more The setting flag bits are respectively configured or added to the PDUs to be transmitted again, so as to instruct the network device to feedback the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set again.
  • the implementation process of the terminal device instructing the network device to feed back the PDCP status report on demand is introduced by taking the elapsed processing time of the first PDU set to be greater than or equal to the first time threshold. Assume that the effective duration of the first PDU set is 30 ms, that is, the first PDU set needs to be processed within 30 ms. In the process of sending PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device in sequence, if the terminal device determines that the processing time of the first PDU set exceeds 10 ms, the terminal device can instruct the network device to feedback the response to the PDUs in the first PDU set according to the needs. PDU reception status.
  • the terminal device can respectively configure or add a setting flag bit in one or more PDUs to be transmitted in the first PDU set, so as to instruct the network device to generate a PDCP status report and feed the PDCP status report back to the terminal device.
  • This can facilitate the terminal device to promptly and accurately understand the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set by the network device.
  • the terminal device determines that the processing time of the first PDU set has exceeded 15 ms, it can configure or add setting flags in one or more PDUs to be transmitted in the first PDU set according to the requirements. bit to instruct the network device to feedback the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set again.
  • the terminal device when it determines that the processing time of the first PDU set has passed 20 ms, it can separately configure or add setting flags in one or more PDUs to be transmitted in the first PDU set according to requirements. bit to instruct the network device to feedback again the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the ratio of the number of sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the third threshold, and the elapsed processing time of the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the third threshold.
  • a time threshold is used as an example to introduce the implementation process of the terminal device instructing the network device to feedback the PDCP status report on demand. Assume that the effective duration of the first PDU set is 30 ms, that is, the first PDU set needs to be processed within 30 ms.
  • the terminal device In the process of the terminal device sequentially sending PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, if the ratio of the number of sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set reaches 30% and the When the processing time of a PDU set exceeds 10 ms, the terminal device can instruct the network device to feedback the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set according to the needs. At this time, the terminal device can respectively configure or add a setting flag bit in one or more PDUs to be transmitted in the first PDU set, so as to instruct the network device to generate a PDCP status report and feed the PDCP status report back to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also determine that the ratio of the number of sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set reaches 50% and the processing time of the first PDU set exceeds 15 ms. At that time, configure or add setting flag bits respectively in one or more PDUs to be transmitted in the first PDU set according to the requirements, so as to instruct the network device to once again feedback the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the terminal device may also determine that the ratio of the number of sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the total number of PDUs included in the first PDU set reaches 70% and the processing time of the first PDU set exceeds 20 ms.
  • the setting flag bits are respectively configured or added to one or more PDUs to be transmitted in the first PDU set according to the requirements, so as to instruct the network device to feedback the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set again.
  • the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information.
  • the transmission configuration information includes at least one of the following: target success amount, target failure amount, maximum number of retransmissions, or the total number, total number of bytes, or total number of bits of PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • the terminal device may first obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to the first PDU set, or may obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to each PDU set to be transmitted. .
  • the terminal device can obtain the transmission configuration information corresponding to the first set of PDUs or each set of PDUs to be transmitted from an APP installed on a certain terminal device, or can also obtain the first set of PDUs or each set of PDUs to be transmitted from the application server. The transmission configuration information corresponding to the PDU set.
  • Step 902 The network device stores the received PDU into the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the implementation method adopted in step 902 may refer to the implementation method adopted in step 402 above, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 903 The network device determines that any received PDU carries the setting flag, and sends a status report to the terminal device. End devices receive status reports from network devices.
  • the network device can detect or parse the content of the PDU to determine whether the PDU carries the setting flag.
  • the network device can, based on the reception status of the PDUs in the first PDU set (such as which PDUs are successfully received, which PDUs are not successfully received, etc.), Directly generate a status report, such as a PDCP status report, and send the PDCP status report to the terminal device.
  • a status report such as a PDCP status report
  • this solution can meet the need of the terminal device to instruct the network device to feedback the status report on demand, and can effectively avoid the large air interface overhead caused by the network device periodically blindly sending the status report, thus enabling the terminal device to obtain the status report. It is more relevant to the actual situation and helps to increase the demand for status reports of terminal equipment. mobility.
  • the network device may not generate a status report (such as a PDCP status report), but only triggers the generation timing of the PDCP status report without actually generating the PDCP status. report, but when it is determined that some other conditions are also met (such as the reordering timer timeout), the network device starts to generate a PDCP status report and sends the PDCP status report to the terminal device.
  • a status report such as a PDCP status report
  • some other conditions such as the reordering timer timeout
  • the status report can be used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU or the reception status of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window of the network device.
  • the network device can record in the PDCP status report which PDUs were successfully received in the receiving window/reordering window and which PDUs were not successfully received. For example, assume that the terminal device sends 6 PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device, and the sequence numbers of the 6 PDUs are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 respectively.
  • the network device can record in the PDCP status report that the PDU with sequence number 5,6 has not been successfully received, and the sequence number is 1,2 ,3,4 PDUs were successfully received.
  • Step 904 The terminal device stops sending PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs to the network device according to the status report, or sends PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received to the network device.
  • the terminal device may choose to stop sending data to the network based on the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window recorded in the PDCP status report.
  • the device sends PDUs in the first PDU set other than the sent PDUs.
  • the implementation process of the terminal device stopping sending PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs to the network device in step 904 can refer to the implementation process of step 405 above, which will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device may choose to send the PDU to the network based on the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window recorded in the PDCP status report.
  • the device sends PDUs in the first PDU set that are not successfully received.
  • the terminal device may Select at least one PDU from multiple PDUs in the set that have not been successfully received, and send the at least one PDU to the network device.
  • the reception situation of the PDUs in the first PDU set satisfying the second set condition includes: the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is less than the fifth threshold; or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than the fifth threshold.
  • the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set may also be less than or equal to the seventh threshold, and the seventh threshold is greater than the sixth threshold.
  • the terminal device obtains the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set through the PDCP status report, or it can also obtain which PDUs were successfully counted in the PDCP status report. Receive, which PDUs have not been successfully received, and calculate the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is less than the fifth threshold or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than the sixth threshold, or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than the sixth threshold and less than or equal to the seventh threshold, that is, it is considered that the network device cannot recover the complete first PDU set based on the PDUs in the currently received first PDU set, and the terminal device can choose to recover from multiple unused PDUs in the first PDU set. Select at least one PDU from the successfully received PDUs, and send the at least one PDU to the network device. In this way, this solution can help the network device accurately recover the complete first PDU set by retransmitting PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received.
  • the terminal device determines that the processing time excluding the used processing time among the total processing time corresponding to the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the third time threshold, The terminal device may select at least one PDU from a plurality of PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received, and send the at least one PDU to the network device.
  • the terminal device taking the terminal device sending the PDU corresponding to the video frame to the network device as an example, after receiving the PDCP status report, the terminal device, in order to ensure better video quality or higher video definition, or for the network device to restore the The calculation amount of a complete video frame can be effectively reduced.
  • the terminal device determines that the processing time excluding the used processing time in the total processing time corresponding to the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the third time threshold, it can choose to start from the third time threshold. Select at least one PDU from multiple PDUs that have not been successfully received in a PDU set, and send the at least one PDU to the network device.
  • the terminal device can calculate the remaining processing time (such as 15ms) corresponding to the first PDU set based on the known total processing time corresponding to the first PDU set (such as 30ms), or it can also directly use a timer or other methods. Obtain the remaining processing time corresponding to the first PDU set (for example, 15ms). When the remaining processing time When 15 ms is greater than the third time threshold (such as 10 ms), the terminal device may choose to select at least one PDU from a plurality of PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received.
  • the remaining processing time such as 15ms
  • the terminal device may choose to select at least one PDU from a plurality of PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the PDCP status report, that the processing time excluding the used processing time in the total processing time corresponding to the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the When the three time thresholds are exceeded and the reception of PDUs in the first PDU set meets the second setting condition, the terminal device can select at least one PDU from multiple PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received, and send the PDU to the first PDU set. At least one PDU is sent to the network device.
  • the terminal device obtains the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set through the PDCP status report, or it can also obtain which PDUs were successfully counted in the PDCP status report. Receive, which PDUs have not been successfully received, and calculate the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set or the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set.
  • the terminal device determines the total processing corresponding to the first PDU set.
  • the processing time other than the used processing time in the time is greater than or equal to the third time threshold, that is, it is considered that the remaining processing time is enough to retransmit one or more PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received, then You may choose to select at least one PDU from a plurality of PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received, and send the at least one PDU to the network device. In this way, this solution can help the network device accurately recover the complete first PDU set by retransmitting PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received.
  • the following two possible implementation methods are used to introduce the implementation process of the terminal device selecting at least one PDU from multiple PDUs that have not been successfully received in the first PDU set.
  • Implementation method 1 The terminal device randomly selects one or more PDUs from multiple PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received, and sends the randomly selected one or more PDUs to the network device.
  • Implementation Mode 2 The terminal device selects one or more PDUs whose number of retransmissions is less than or equal to the maximum number of retransmissions among multiple PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received, and sends the one or more PDUs. to network equipment.
  • the terminal device can also perform step 905, and the network device can also perform step 906.
  • the terminal device can promptly instruct the network device to stop receiving PDUs other than the sent PDUs in the first PDU set, and by sending a suggested parameter value to the network device, it can assist the network device to adjust more accurately.
  • the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window can facilitate the receiving window/reordering window of the network device to receive the next set of PDUs located after the first set of PDUs in a targeted or more accurate manner.
  • the network device can promptly stop PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs, and can adjust the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window by combining the suggested parameter values from the terminal device. Current parameter value.
  • Step 905 The terminal device sends the third information to the network device.
  • the network device receives third information from the terminal device.
  • the implementation method adopted in step 905 may refer to the implementation method adopted in step 406, which will not be described again here.
  • the third information may be used to instruct the terminal device to determine to stop sending PDUs other than the sent PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device. It can be understood that the third information is The network device may stop receiving PDUs in the first set of PDUs other than the sent PDUs.
  • the third information may also include the seventh parameter value of the protocol parameter in the receiving window/reordering window of the network device suggested by the terminal device.
  • Step 906 The network device stops receiving PDUs in the first PDU set according to the third information.
  • the implementation method adopted in step 906 may refer to the implementation method adopted in step 407, which will not be described again here.
  • the third information when the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving PDUs other than the sent PDUs in the first PDU set, the third information may also include the network device recommended by the terminal device.
  • the seventh parameter value of the protocol parameters in the receive window/reordering window when the third information is used to indicate to stop receiving PDUs other than the sent PDUs in the first PDU set, the third information may also include the network device recommended by the terminal device.
  • the relevant information can be used to instruct the network device to stop receiving the first PDU.
  • PDUs other than the sent PDUs in the set can be adjusted accordingly to the current parameter values of the protocol parameters in the receiving window/reordering window based on the information related to the seventh parameter value.
  • the network device can The current parameter value of the protocol parameter in the window/reordering window is updated to the seventh parameter value, or the network device can also determine the eighth parameter value based on the current parameter value and/or the third information, and can update the current parameter value to The eighth parameter value.
  • the first information, the second information, the third information and other information can be passed through a Or multiple message transmissions, this application does not limit this.
  • each step involved in the above embodiments can be executed by the corresponding device, or by components such as chips, processors or chip systems in the device.
  • the embodiments of this application do not apply to it. constitute a limitation.
  • Each of the above embodiments is only explained by taking execution by the corresponding device as an example.
  • each device involved in the above embodiments includes a corresponding hardware structure and/or software module to perform each function.
  • Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the units and method steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed in this application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application scenarios and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • steps in the embodiments of the present application are only illustrative, and are used to better understand the embodiments. They do not constitute a substantial limitation on the implementation of the solution of the present application.
  • the “steps” It can also be understood as “features”.
  • this step does not constitute any restriction on the execution order of the solution of the present application. Any changes in the sequence of steps, merging of steps, or splitting of steps made on this basis that do not affect the implementation of the overall solution will also result in a new technical solution.
  • the scope disclosed in this application are only illustrative, and are used to better understand the embodiments. They do not constitute a substantial limitation on the implementation of the solution of the present application.
  • the “steps” It can also be understood as “features”.
  • this step does not constitute any restriction on the execution order of the solution of the present application. Any changes in the sequence of steps, merging of steps, or splitting of steps made on this basis that do not affect the implementation of the overall solution will also result in a new technical solution.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, which is applied in the network architecture as shown in Figure 1 .
  • the communication device is used to implement the communication method provided by the above embodiments, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects of the above communication method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or network device (such as a RAN device) as shown in Figure 1, or may be a module (such as a chip) applied to the terminal device or network device.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • These communication devices can realize the functions of the terminal equipment or network equipment in the above method embodiments, and therefore can also achieve the beneficial effects of the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device 100 as shown in Figure 1, or the wireless access network device 200 as shown in Figure 1, or may be applied to the terminal device or the access network device. modules (such as chips, etc.).
  • the communication device 700 includes a transceiver module 701 and a processing module 702 .
  • the communication device 700 may be used to implement the functions of the terminal device or network device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to send first information to the network device, the first information is used to determine the first protocol data unit to be transmitted
  • the PDU information contained in the PDU set is also used to send the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device in sequence, and receive the second information from the network device
  • the processing module 702 is used to stop sending the PDU to the network device according to the second information.
  • the network device sends the remaining PDUs in the first set of PDUs.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount; or, the second information is used to indicate that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount. amount; or, the second information is used to instruct to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set; wherein the transmission success amount or transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is related to the information of the PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • the processing module 702 is used to control the transceiver module 701 to receive the first information from the terminal device, and the first information is used to determine the Transmitting information of PDUs included in the first PDU set, receiving PDUs in the first PDU set from the terminal device, and sending second information to the terminal device.
  • the second information is used to indicate that the transmission success amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target success amount; or, the second information is used to indicate that the transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is greater than or equal to the target failure amount.
  • the second information is used to instruct to stop sending the PDUs in the first PDU set; wherein the transmission success amount or transmission failure amount of the PDUs in the first PDU set is related to the information of the PDUs included in the first PDU set.
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to send messages to the network in sequence.
  • the network device sends the PDUs in the first PDU set, and is also used to receive a PDCP status report from the network device;
  • the processing module 702 is used to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device according to the PDCP status report.
  • the PDCP status report is generated by the network device when it determines that the reordering timer has expired; the PDCP status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window of the network device.
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to receive PDUs in the first PDU set from the terminal device, and store the received PDUs in the receiving window/ in the reordering window.
  • the processing module 702 is configured to generate a PDCP status report when it is determined that the reordering timer has expired; wherein the PDCP status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reordering window.
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to send a PDCP status report to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to send the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device in sequence, and receive the wireless link control layer from the network device.
  • Protocol RLC status report where the RLC status report is generated by the network device when it determines that the reassembly timer has expired, and the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reassembly window of the network device;
  • the processing module 702 uses Stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device according to the RLC status report.
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to receive PDUs in the first PDU set from the terminal device, and store the received PDUs in the receiving window. / in the reassembly window; the processing module 702 is configured to generate an RLC status report when it is determined that the reassembly timer has expired, where the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the receiving window/reassembly window.
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to send an RLC status report to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 701 is configured to send the PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device in sequence.
  • One or more PDUs in the first PDU set carry a setting identifier; the setting identifier is used to request to obtain an RLC status report.
  • the transceiver module 701 is configured to receive an RLC status report from a network device, where the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reassembly window of the network device.
  • the processing module 702 is configured to stop sending the remaining PDUs in the first PDU set to the network device according to the RLC status report.
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to receive PDUs in the first PDU set from the terminal device, and store the received PDUs in the receiving window. /Reorganization window.
  • One or more PDUs in the first PDU set carry a setting identifier, and the setting identifier is used to request to obtain an RLC status report.
  • the processing module 702 is configured to generate an RLC status report when it is determined that any received PDU carries a setting identifier, where the RLC status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU in the reception window/reassembly window.
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to send an RLC status report to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to send the PDUs in the first PDU set to the second communication device in sequence.
  • one or more PDUs in the first PDU set carry a setting flag bit.
  • the setting flag bit is used to instruct the second communication device to feedback a status report.
  • the setting flag bit is when the first communication device determines the first PDU set. Configured or added in one or more PDUs when the transmission situation meets the first set condition.
  • the transceiver module 701 is also configured to receive a status report from the second communication device, where the status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU or the reception status of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window of the second communication device.
  • the processing module 702 is configured to stop sending PDUs in the first PDU set except the sent PDUs to the second communication device according to the status report, or to send PDUs in the first PDU set that have not been successfully received to the second communication device. PDU.
  • the transceiver module 701 is used to receive PDUs in the first PDU set from the first communication device, and store the received PDUs in In the receive window/reordering window.
  • the processing module 702 is configured to determine that any received PDU carries a setting flag, and send a status report to the first communication device through the transceiver module.
  • the set flag bit is used to instruct the second communication device to feedback the status report.
  • the set flag bit is configured or added by the first communication device when it determines that the transmission situation of the first PDU set meets the first setting condition.
  • the status report is used to indicate the transmission result of the PDU or the reception status of the PDU in the reception window/reordering window.
  • transceiver module 701 and processing module 702 For a more detailed description of the above-mentioned transceiver module 701 and processing module 702, reference may be made to the relevant descriptions in the above-mentioned method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or may exist independently, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
  • Integrated units may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium if they are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products. Based on this understanding, the part that contributes essentially to the technical solution of the present application or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium and includes a number of instructions to enable A computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor executes all or part of the steps of the methods in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .
  • the communication device 800 includes: a transceiver 801 and a processor 802 .
  • the communication device 800 further includes a memory 803 .
  • the transceiver 801, the processor 802 and the memory 803 are connected to each other.
  • the transceiver 801, the processor 802 and the memory 803 are connected to each other through a bus 804.
  • the bus 804 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, etc.
  • PCI peripheral component interconnect
  • EISA extended industry standard architecture
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figure 8, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the transceiver 801 is used to receive and send data to implement communication with other devices in the positioning network architecture.
  • the transceiver 801 may include a communication interface and a transceiver.
  • the communication device 800 may use a communication interface to communicate with a network device, and the communication device 800 may use a transceiver to communicate with a terminal device.
  • the processor 802 may refer to the descriptions in the above embodiments, and will not be described again here.
  • the processor 802 can be a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (network processor, NP) or a combination of CPU and NP, etc.
  • the processor 802 may further include hardware chips.
  • the above-mentioned hardware chip can be an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD) or a combination thereof.
  • the above-mentioned PLD can be a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a general array logic (GAL) or any combination thereof.
  • CPLD complex programmable logic device
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • GAL general array logic
  • the memory 803 is used to store program instructions, etc.
  • program instructions may include program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 803 may include random access memory (RAM), and may also include non-volatile memory (non-volatile memory), such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 802 executes the program instructions stored in the memory 803 to implement the above functions, thereby realizing the communication method provided by the above embodiments.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the above embodiments. Communication methods provided.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • Computer programs or instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program or instructions are executed by a computer, the The computer executes the communication method provided by the above embodiment.
  • the storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by the computer. Taking this as an example but not limited to: computer-readable media may include RAM, ROM, EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store instructions or data structures. Any other medium that contains the desired program code and is capable of being accessed by a computer.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a chip, the chip is coupled to a memory, and the chip is used to read the computer program stored in the memory to implement the communication method provided in the above embodiments.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor and is used to support the computer device to implement the functions involved in the terminal equipment or network equipment in the above embodiments.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary programs and data of the computer device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the methods provided by the embodiments of this application can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, etc. that contains one or more available media integrated.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state drives, SSD)) etc.
  • magnetic media e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes
  • optical media e.g., high-density digital video discs (DVD)
  • DVD digital video discs
  • semiconductor media e.g., solid state drives, SSD

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Communication Control (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种通信方法及装置。该方法包括第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送第一信息，依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。由于第二通信装置根据已经成功接收的PDU可以成功解析出第一PDU集合，或者确认第一PDU集合解析失败，因此可以向第二通信装置发送第二信息，该第二信息可以指示第一通信装置停止发送第一PDU集合中的剩余PDU，从而可以达到节省通信装置间传输数据所涉及的网络资源的目的，并可以提高网络资源的利用率。

Description

一种通信方法及装置
相关申请的交叉引用
本申请要求在2022年08月15日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210977626.2、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中；本申请要求在2022年11月02日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211364589.4、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。
背景技术
随着通信技术的快速发展，通过基于网络进行数据传输被广泛应用。例如，在通信装置间进行数据传输时，作为数据发送端的通信装置，生成的一个数据包(比如PDU set(Protocol Data Unit set，协议数据单元集合))可以通过网络传输给作为数据接收端的通信装置。但由于网络受设备处理能力、网络带宽等各种因素的限制，使得一次能处理的报文(比如PDU(Protocol Data Unit，协议数据单元))大小是有限的，因此在通过网络传输数据包的时候，可能需要将数据包拆分为多个报文。
示例性地，以视频业务为例，假设数据发送端生成的一个2K视频帧有2M字节(1M字节＝1024K字节，1K字节＝1024字节)，而网络一次能处理的报文最多只有1500字节，那一个2K视频帧就至少需要拆分成1399个报文(2*1024*1024/1500＝1399个)来承载。其中，数据发送端可以通过采取某些编码技术获得一定的容错能力，即不要求一个视频帧的所有报文都被数据接收端成功接收到才能还原出原始的视频帧。假设该2K视频帧能容忍报文丢失率是20％，即数据接收端只要成功收到这个2K视频帧中的任意1119个报文，即可以复原出完整的2K视频帧。换言之，如果这1399个报文中已经有超过280个(比如281个)报文传输失败，那么这1399个报文中剩下的报文即使全部被数据接收端成功接收，数据接收端也无法复原出完整的2K视频帧。
因此，在上述情形下，如何实现提高在通信装置间进行数据传输所涉及的网络资源的利用率，仍需进一步的研究。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置，用以提高在通信装置间进行数据传输所涉及的网络资源的利用率。
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以由第一通信装置或者能够支持第一通信装置实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片、芯片系统或集成电路等)执行。该方法可以包括：第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送第一信息，该第一信息用于确定待传输的第一协议数据单元PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息。第一通信装置依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。然后，第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的第二信息，并根据第二信息，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。其中，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量；或者，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量；或者，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；其中，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或传输失败量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息相关。
在上述设计中，第二通信装置基于已经成功接收的PDU可以成功解析出第一PDU集合，或者确认第一PDU集合解析失败，向第一通信装置发送第二信息，该第二信息可以便于第一通信装置更为准确地决定停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，从而可以节省通信装置间进行数据传输所涉及的网络资源(比如空口资源、内存资源或线程资源等)，使得所节省出的网络资源可以用于处理其它业务，在很大程度上提高了网络资源的利用率，并因停止发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，可以在一定程度上降低通信装置的功耗。
在一种可能的设计中，PDU的信息指示PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，传输成功量为：
第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
上述设计中，第二通信装置通过统计第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，能够及时地确认基于被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数是否已满足成功解析出第一PDU集合的条件。
在一种可能的设计中，PDU的信息指示PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，传输失败量为：第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
上述设计中，第二通信装置通过统计第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，能够及时地确认未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数是否已满足无法成功解析出第一PDU集合的条件。
在一种可能的设计中，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU包括：第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；或者，第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于所述目标失败量，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。
上述设计中，第二通信装置通过将用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的特殊值(比如指示信息或原因值)携带在第二信息中发送给第一通信装置，可以节省信令开销。
在一种可能的设计中，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU包括：第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；或者，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。
上述设计中，第二通信装置在确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，或者第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，生成用于指示第一通信装置停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的第二信息，以便及时地指示第一通信装置停止发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，第一信息包括以下至少一项：第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数、第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号或者第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号；其中，第二PDU集合为位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
上述设计中，为了使得第二通信装置能够获知待传输的PDU集合(比如第一PDU集合)的尺寸信息或大小信息，从而便于辅助第二通信装置及时准确地了解第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输情况，并可以便于辅助第二通信装置准确地确认是否可以基于当前已成功接收到的PDU解析出第一PDU集合，第一通信装置可以将第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数、第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号或者第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号携带在第一信息中发送给第二通信装置。
在一种可能的设计中，第一信息中还包括：目标成功量或目标失败量。
上述设计中，为了便于辅助第二通信装置及时准确地判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量是否已满足可成功解析出第一PDU集合的条件，或者为了便于辅助第二通信装置及时准确地判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量是否已满足无法成功解析出第一PDU集合的条件，第一通信装置可以将目标成功量或目标失败量携带在第一信息中发送给第二通信装置。
在一种可能的设计中，在向第二通信装置发送第一信息之前，方法还包括：获取传输配置信息；其中，传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：第一信息、目标成功量、或者目标失败量。
上述设计中，第一通信装置可以在向第二通信装置发送第一信息之前，可以先获取传输配置信息，以便能够及时有效地进行配置确保准确停止传输PDU所涉及的信息(比如第一信息)。
在一种可能的设计中，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，第二信息为状态报告；或者，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量，第二信息为状态报告。
示例性地，第二信息也可以携带在指示消息或状态报告中。
在一种可能的设计中，根据第二信息，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，包括：根据第二信息，在向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的至少一个PDU后，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
上述设计中，第一通信装置在获知第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，为了减少第二通信装置还原出完整的PDU集合的计算量，可以选择继续向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的至少一个PDU。之后，第一通信装置再停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
示例性地，以视频帧对应的PDU集合为例，在视频帧对应的PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，为了减少第二通信装置还原出完整的PDU集合的计算量和/或为了更高的视频清晰度，第一通信装置可以选择继续向第二通信装置发送视频帧对应的PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的至少一个PDU。之后，第一通信装置再停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，在停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU之后，所述方法还包括：向第二通信装置发送第三信息；第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，第三信息包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的第一参数值。
相比第二通信装置不会从第一通信装置获取针对接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的建议参数值，只是依据PDU的当前接收情况进行调整接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的参数值的方案，采用上述方式，第一通信装置在停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU之后，通过向第二通信装置发送一个建议参数值，可以辅助第二通信装置能够更为准确地调整接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值，从而可以便于第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以由第二通信装置或者能够支持第二通信装置实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片、芯片系统或集成电路等)执行。该方法可以包括：第二通信装置接收来自第一通信装置的第一信息，该第一信息用于确定待传输的第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息。第二通信装置接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU。然后，第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量；或者，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量；或者，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；其中，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或传输失败量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息相关。
第二方面所能达到的技术效果请参照上述第一方面所能达到的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
在一种可能的设计中，PDU的信息指示PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，传输成功量为：
第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，
被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
在一种可能的设计中，PDU的信息指示PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，传输失败量为：
第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，
未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
在一种可能的设计中，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU包括：第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；或者，
第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于所述目标失败量，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU包括：第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；或者，
第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，第一信息包括以下至少一项：第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数、第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号、或者第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号；其中，第二PDU集合为位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
在一种可能的设计中，第一信息中还包括：目标成功量或目标失败量。
在一种可能的设计中，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，第二信息为状态报告；或者，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量，第二信息为状态报告。
示例性地，第二信息也可以携带在指示消息或状态报告中。
在一种可能的设计中，在向第一通信装置发送第二信息之后，所述方法还包括：接收来自第一通信装置的第三信息；第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，第三信息包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的第一参数值；
根据第三信息，停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
上述设计中，在接收到来自第一通信装置的第三信息后，第二通信装置可以准确地确定停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，在接收来自第一通信装置的第三信息之后，所述方法还包括：
将第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第一参数值；或者，
根据当前参数值和/或第一信息和/或第三信息，确定第二参数值，将当前参数值更新为第二参数值。
上述设计中，在第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，第三信息中还可以包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的第一参数值。这个第一参数值可以便于第二通信装置能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。如此，第二通信装置可以参考这个第一参数值，对接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。
第三方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以由第一通信装置或者能够支持第一通信装置实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片、芯片系统或集成电路等)执行。该方法可以包括：第一通信装置依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。然后，第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的PDCP状态报告，并根据PDCP状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。其中，PDCP状态报告是第二通信装置在确定重排序定时器超时时生成的；PDCP状态报告用于指示第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果。
基于在特定场景触发PDCP状态报告情况相比(比如实体重建或基站切换等)，采用上述方式，第二通信装置可以在确定重排序定时器超时(比如接收窗/重排序窗中存在PDU缺失或乱序时所启动的重排序定时器超时)时，即可及时地生成PDCP状态报告。如此，该方法可以便于第一通信装置及时准确地通过PDCP状态报告决定停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，从而可以节省通信装置间进行数据传输所涉及的网络资源(比如空口资源、内存资源或线程资源等)，使得所节省出的网络资源可以用于处理其它业务，在很大程度上提高了网络资源的利用率，并因停止发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，可以在一定程度上降低通信装置的功耗。
在一种可能的设计中，根据PDCP状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，包括：根据PDCP状态报告，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU；或者，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
上述设计中，通过PDCP状态报告中记录的接收窗/重排序窗中第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输结果，可以准确地确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量是否大于或等于目标成功量，或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量是否大于或等于目标失败量，从而能够更为准确地决定停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，在停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU之后，所述方法还包括：向第二通信装置发送第三信息；第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，第三信息包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第三参数值。
相比第二通信装置不会从第一通信装置获取针对接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的建议参数值，只是 依据PDU的当前接收情况进行调整接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的参数值的方案，采用上述方式，第一通信装置在停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU之后，通过向第二通信装置发送一个建议参数值，可以辅助第二通信装置更为准确地调整接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值，从而可以便于第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
在一种可能的设计中，传输成功量为：第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，或者，被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值；传输失败量为：第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
在一种可能的设计中，在依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，所述方法还包括：获取传输配置信息；其中，传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数、目标成功量或者目标失败量。
上述设计中，第一通信装置可以在依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，可以先获取传输配置信息，以便能够及时有效地进行配置确保准确停止传输PDU所涉及的信息(比如第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数)。
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以由第二通信装置或者能够支持第二通信装置实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片、芯片系统或集成电路等)执行。该方法可以包括：第二通信装置接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中。之后，第二通信装置在确定重排序定时器超时时，生成PDCP状态报告；其中，PDCP状态报告用于指示接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果。然后，第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送PDCP状态报告。
第四方面所能达到的技术效果请参照上述第三方面所能达到的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
在一种可能的设计中，在向第一通信装置发送PDCP状态报告之后，所述方法还包括：
接收来自第一通信装置的第三信息；第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，第三信息包括所述第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第三参数值；
根据第三信息，停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
上述设计中，在接收到来自第一通信装置的第三信息后，第二通信装置可以准确地确定停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，在接收来自第一通信装置的第三信息之后，所述方法还包括：
将第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第三参数值；或者，
根据当前参数值和/或第三信息，确定第四参数值，将当前参数值更新为第四参数值。
上述设计中，在第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，第三信息中还可以包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第三参数值。这个第三参数值可以便于第二通信装置能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。如此，第二通信装置可以参考这个第三参数值，对接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以由第一通信装置或者能够支持第一通信装置实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片、芯片系统或集成电路等)执行。该方法可以包括：第一通信装置依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。之后，第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的无线链路控制层协议RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告是第二通信装置在确定重组定时器超时时生成的，RLC状态报告用于指示第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。然后，第一通信装置根据RLC状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
上述设计中，相比只有AM模式(Acknowledged Mode确认模式)下有RLC状态报告，UM模式(Unacknowledged Mode，非确认模式)下没有RLC状态报告的方案，采用上述方式，无论是在AM模式下还是在UM模式下均可生成RLC状态报告。例如，第二通信装置在重组定时器超时(比如接收窗/重组窗中存在重组未完成的PDU时所启动的重组定时器超时)时，即可及时地生成RLC状态报告。如此，该方法可以便于第一通信装置及时准确地通过RLC状态报告决定停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，从而可以节省通信装置间进行数据传输所涉及的网络资源(比如空口资源、内存资源或线程资源等)，使得所节省出的网络资源可以用于处理其它业务，在很大程度上提高了网络 资源的利用率，并因停止发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，可以在一定程度上降低通信装置的功耗。
在一种可能的设计中，在依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，所述方法还包括：
获取传输配置信息；其中，传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数、目标成功量或者目标失败量。
上述设计中，在第一通信装置依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，可以先获取传输配置信息，以便能够及时有效地进行配置确保准确停止传输PDU所涉及的信息(比如第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数)。
在一种可能的设计中，根据RLC状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，包括：根据RLC状态报告，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU；或者，根据RLC状态报告，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
上述设计中，通过RLC状态报告中记录的接收窗/重组窗中第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输结果，可以准确地确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量是否大于或等于目标成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量是否大于或等于目标失败量，从而能够更为准确地决定停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，在停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU之后，所述方法还包括：向第二通信装置发送第三信息；第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，第三信息包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的第五参数值。
相比第二通信装置不会从第一通信装置获取针对接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的建议参数值，只是依据PDU的当前接收情况进行调整接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的参数值的方案，采用上述方式，第一通信装置在停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU之后，通过向第二通信装置发送一个建议参数值，可以辅助第二通信装置更为准确地调整接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值，从而可以便于第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
在一种可能的设计中，传输成功量为：第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，或者，被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值；传输失败量为：第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以由第二通信装置或者能够支持第二通信装置实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片、芯片系统或集成电路等)执行。该方法可以包括：第二通信装置接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，并将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重组窗中。之后，第二通信装置在确定重组定时器超时时，生成RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告用于指示接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。然后，第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送RLC状态报告。
第六方面所能达到的技术效果请参照上述第五方面所能达到的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
在一种可能的设计中，在向第一通信装置发送RLC状态报告之后，所述方法还包括：
接收来自第一通信装置的第三信息；第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，第三信息包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的第五参数值；根据第三信息，停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
上述设计中，在接收到来自第一通信装置的第三信息后，第二通信装置可以准确地确定停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，在接收来自第一通信装置的第三信息之后，所述方法还包括：将第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第五参数值；或者，根据当前参数值和/或第三信息，确定第六参数值，将当前参数值更新为第六参数值。
上述设计中，在第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，第三信息中还可以包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的第五参数值。这个第五参数值可以便于第二通信装置能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。如此，第二通信装置可以参考这个第五参数值，对接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以由第一通信装置或者能够支持第一通信装置实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片、芯片系统或集成电路等)执行。该方法可以包括：第一通信装置依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。其中，第一PDU集合中的一个或多个PDU中携带设定标识；设定标识用于请求获取RLC状态报告。之后，第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告用于指示第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。然后，第一通信装置根据RLC状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
相比只有AM模式下有RLC状态报告，UM模式下没有RLC状态报告的方案，采用上述方式，无论是在AM模式下还是在UM模式下均可生成RLC状态报告。例如，第二通信装置在确定接收到的第一PDU集合中的任一PDU中携带设定标识时，即可及时地生成RLC状态报告。如此，该方法可以便于第一通信装置及时准确地通过RLC状态报告决定停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，从而可以节省通信装置间进行数据传输所涉及的网络资源(比如空口资源、内存资源或线程资源等)，使得所节省出的网络资源可以用于处理其它业务，在很大程度上提高了网络资源的利用率，并因停止发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，可以在一定程度上降低通信装置的功耗。
在一种可能的设计中，在依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，所述方法还包括：
获取传输配置信息；其中，传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数、目标成功量或者目标失败量。
上述设计中，在第一通信装置依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，可以先获取传输配置信息，以便能够及时有效地进行配置确保准确停止传输PDU所涉及的信息(比如第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数)。
在一种可能的设计中，根据RLC状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，包括：根据RLC状态报告，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU；或者，根据RLC状态报告，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
上述设计中，通过RLC状态报告中记录的接收窗/重组窗中第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输结果，可以准确地确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量是否大于或等于目标成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量是否大于或等于目标失败量，从而能够更为准确地决定停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，在停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU之后，所述方法还包括：向第二通信装置发送第三信息；第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，第三信息包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的第五参数值。
相比第二通信装置不会从第一通信装置获取针对接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的建议参数值，只是依据PDU的当前接收情况进行调整接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的参数值的方案，采用上述方式，第一通信装置在停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU之后，通过向第二通信装置发送一个建议参数值，可以辅助第二通信装置更为准确地调整接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值，从而可以便于第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
在一种可能的设计中，传输成功量为：第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，或者，被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值；传输失败量为：第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
第八方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以由第二通信装置或者能够支持第二通信装置实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片、芯片系统或集成电路等)执行。该方法可以包括：第二通信装置接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，并将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重组窗中。其中，第一PDU集合中的一个或多个PDU中携带设定标识，设定标识用于请求获取RLC状态报告。之后，第二通信装置在确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标识时，生成RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告用于指示接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。然后，第二通信装置向第一通信装置发送RLC状态报告。
第八方面所能达到的技术效果请参照上述第七方面所能达到的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
在一种可能的设计中，在向第一通信装置发送RLC状态报告之后，所述方法还包括：
接收来自第一通信装置的第三信息；第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，第三信息包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的第五参数值；根据第三信息，停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
上述设计中，在接收到来自第一通信装置的第三信息后，第二通信装置可以准确地确定停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，在接收来自第一通信装置的第三信息之后，所述方法还包括：将第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第五参数值；或者，根据当前参数值和/或第三信息，确定第六参数值，将当前参数值更新为第六参数值。
上述设计中，在第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，第三信息中还可以包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的第五参数值。这个第五参数值可以便于第二通信装置能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。如此，第二通信装置可以参考这个第五参数值，对接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。
第九方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以由第一通信装置或者能够支持第一通信装置实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片、芯片系统或集成电路等)执行。该方法可以包括：第一通信装置依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。其中，第一PDU集合中的一个或多个PDU中携带设定标志位，设定标志位用于指示第二通信装置反馈状态报告，设定标志位是第一通信装置在确定第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件时配置在一个或多个PDU中的。之后，第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的状态报告，其中，状态报告用于指示第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果或PDU的接收情况。然后，第一通信装置可以根据状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，或者向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的未被成功接收的PDU。
基于在特定场景触发状态报告情况和/或PDU接收端周期性地反馈状态报告情况相比(比如实体重建或基站切换等)，采用上述方式，第一通信装置可以在第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件时，通过在第一PDU集合的一个或多个待传输的PDU中配置或添加一个设定标志位，可以实现终端设备根据需求有针对性地指示网络设备在何种情况下反馈状态报告，而无需依据网络设备按照设定的周期时长周期性地反馈状态报告，并可以有效地避免因网络设备周期性地盲发状态报告而导致空口开销大，同时也可以有效地保证第一通信装置能够及时地停止发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU。此外，在一定条件下，为了帮助第二通信装置能够准确地恢复出完整的第一PDU集合，第一通信装置也可以选择向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的未被成功接收的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件包括：第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量大于或等于第一阈值；和/或第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的字节数/比特数大于或等于第二阈值；和/或第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值大于或等于第三阈值；和/或第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总字节数/总比特数的比值大于或等于第四阈值；和/或第一PDU集合的已用处理时间大于或等于第一时间阈值；和/或第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间小于或等于第二时间阈值。
上述设计中，第一通信装置在确定第一PDU集合的相关传输信息满足上述至少一个条件时，即可在第一PDU集合中的一个或多个待传输的PDU中配置或添加一个设定标志位，如此可以实现第一通信装置根据需求指示第二通信装置及时地反馈状态报告。
在一种可能的设计中，根据状态报告，向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU，包括：第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间大于或等于第三时间阈值和/或第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件时，在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择至少一个PDU；向第二通信装置发送所述至少一个PDU。
上述设计中，第一通信装置在通过状态报告认为第二通信装置还不能够恢复出完整的第一PDU集合时，可以在第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间大于或等于第三时间阈值和/或第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件时，通过重传第一PDU集合中的一个 或多个未被成功接收的PDU来帮助第二通信装置准确地恢复出完整的第一PDU集合。
在一种可能的设计中，第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件包括：第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量小于第五阈值；或者第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于第六阈值。
上述设计中，第一通信装置在确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量小于第五阈值或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于第六阈值时，认为第二通信装置还不能够恢复出完整的第一PDU集合，也即是认为第二通信装置未成功接收的PDU还是比较多，但不至于太多，还可以通过重传一些未被成功接收的PDU给第二通信装置，能够帮助第二通信装置恢复出完整的第一PDU集合。
在一种可能的设计中，在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择至少一个PDU，包括：
在多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择重传次数小于或等于最大重传次数的至少一个PDU。
上述设计中，通过选择重传次数小于或等于最大重传次数的PDU进行重传，可以避免某一个或多个未被成功接收的PDU被频繁重传，以此无意义地连续重传同一个PDU，从而可以确保未被成功接收的PDU的重传均衡性。
在一种可能的设计中，根据状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，包括：根据状态报告，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，停止向第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU；或者，根据状态报告，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU。
上述设计中，通过状态报告中记录的接收窗/重排序窗中第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输结果，可以准确地确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量是否大于或等于目标成功量，或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量是否大于或等于目标失败量，从而能够更为准确地决定停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU。
在一种可能的设计中，在停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU之后，所述方法还包括：向第二通信装置发送第三信息；第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，和/或，第三信息包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第七参数值。
相比第二通信装置不会从第一通信装置获取针对接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的建议参数值，只是依据PDU的当前接收情况进行调整接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的参数值的方案，采用上述方式，第一通信装置在停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU之后，通过向第二通信装置发送一个建议参数值，可以辅助第二通信装置更为准确地调整接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值，从而可以便于第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
在一种可能的设计中，传输成功量为：第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，或者，被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值；传输失败量为：第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
在一种可能的设计中，在依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，所述方法还包括：获取传输配置信息；其中，传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：目标成功量、目标失败量，最大重传次数或者第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量、总字节数或总比特数。
上述设计中，第一通信装置可以在依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，可以先获取传输配置信息，以便能够及时有效地进行配置确保准确停止传输PDU所涉及的信息(比如第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数。此外，第一通信装置通过获取传输配置信息，在需要重传PDU给第二通信装置时，获取的传输配置信息也可以帮助第一通信装置选择重传次数小于或等于最大重传次数的一个或多个未被成功接收的PDU进行重传。
第十方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以由第二通信装置或者能够支持第二通信装置实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片、芯片系统或集成电路等)执行。该方法可以包括：第二通 信装置接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，并将PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中。之后，第二通信装置确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标志位，可以选择向第一通信装置发送状态报告。其中，设定标志位用于指示第二通信装置反馈状态报告，设定标志位是第一通信装置在确定第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件时配置或添加在一个或多个PDU中的，状态报告用于指示接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果或PDU的接收情况。
第十方面所能达到的技术效果请参照上述第九方面所能达到的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
在一种可能的设计中，第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件包括：第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量大于或等于第一阈值；和/或第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的字节数/比特数大于或等于第二阈值；和/或第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值大于或等于第三阈值；和/或第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总字节数/总比特数的比值大于或等于第四阈值；和/或第一PDU集合的已用处理时间大于或等于第一时间阈值；和/或第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间小于或等于第二时间阈值。
上述设计所能达到的技术效果请参照上述第九方面中对应设计所能达到的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
在一种可能的设计中，在向第一通信装置发送状态报告之前，所述方法还包括：确定重排序定时器超时。
上述设计中，为了确保状态报告的生成更加准确且更加具有针对性，且为了确保状态报告的生成更加符合实际情况，第二通信装置在确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标志位时，可以先触发状态报告，但并不真的生成状态报告，还需参考其它条件(比如判断重排序定时器是否超时)来确定是否真的生成状态报告。当确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标志位且重排序定时器也超时时，第二通信装置才根据第二通信装置针对第一集合中的PDU的当前接收情况，生成状态报告。
在一种可能的设计中，在向第一通信装置发送状态报告之后，所述方法还包括：接收来自第一通信装置的至少一个未被成功接收的PDU；其中，至少一个PDU是第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间大于或等于第三时间阈值和/或第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件时，第一通信装置在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择的。
上述设计所能达到的技术效果请参照上述第九方面中对应设计所能达到的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
在一种可能的设计中，第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件包括：第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量小于第五阈值；或者第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于第六阈值。
上述设计所能达到的技术效果请参照上述第九方面中对应设计所能达到的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
在一种可能的设计中，至少一个未被成功接收的PDU中任一PDU的重传次数小于或等于最大重传次数。
上述设计所能达到的技术效果请参照上述第九方面中对应设计所能达到的技术效果，在此不再赘述。
在一种可能的设计中，在向第一通信装置发送状态报告之后，所述方法还包括：接收来自第一通信装置的第三信息；第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，和/或，第三信息包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第七参数值；根据第三信息，停止接收第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU。
上述设计中，在接收到来自第一通信装置的第三信息后，第二通信装置可以准确地确定停止接收第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU。此外，第二通信装置在接收到第三信息中包括的第七参数值后，可以更为准确地调整接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值。
在一种可能的设计中，在接收来自第一通信装置的第三信息之后，所述方法还包括：将第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第七参数值；或者根据当前参数值和/或第三信息，确定第八参数值，将当前参数值更新为第八参数值。
上述设计中，在第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU时，第三信息中还可以包括第一通信装置建议的第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第七参数值。这个第七参数值可以便于第二通信装置能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。如此，第二通信装置可以参考这个第七参数值，对接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。
第十一方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，有益效果可以参见第一方面的描述此处不再赘述。 所述通信装置具有实现上述第一方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：收发模块，用于向第二通信装置发送第一信息，该第一信息用于确定待传输的第一协议数据单元PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息，还用于依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU，以及接收来自第二通信装置的第二信息；处理模块，用于根据第二信息，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。其中，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量；或者，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量；或者，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；其中，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或传输失败量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息相关。这些模块可以执行上述第一方面方法示例中的相应功能，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
第十二方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，有益效果可以参见第二方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置具有实现上述第二方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括处理模块与收发模块，所述处理模块，用于控制收发模块接收来自第一通信装置的第一信息，该第一信息用于确定待传输的第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息，以及接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU。其中，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量；或者，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量；或者，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；其中，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或传输失败量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息相关。这些模块可以执行上述第二方面方法示例中的相应功能，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
第十三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，有益效果可以参见第三方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置具有实现上述第三方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：收发模块，用于依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU，还用于接收来自第二通信装置的PDCP状态报告；处理模块，用于根据PDCP状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。其中，其中，PDCP状态报告是第二通信装置在确定重排序定时器超时时生成的；PDCP状态报告用于指示第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果。这些模块可以执行上述第三方面方法示例中的相应功能，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
第十四方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，有益效果可以参见第四方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置具有实现上述第四方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：收发模块，用于接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中。处理模块，用于在确定重排序定时器超时时，生成PDCP状态报告；其中，PDCP状态报告用于指示接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果。所述收发模块，用于向第一通信装置发送PDCP状态报告。这些模块可以执行上述第四方面方法示例中的相应功能，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
第十五方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，有益效果可以参见第五方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置具有实现上述第五方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：收发模块，用于依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU，接收来自第二通信装置的RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告是第二通信装置在确定重组定时器超时时生成的，RLC状态报告用于指示第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果；所述处理模块，用于根据RLC状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。这些模块可以执行上述第五方面方法示例中的相应功能，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
第十六方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，有益效果可以参见第六方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置具有实现上述第六方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：收发模块，用于接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，并将 接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重组窗中；处理模块，用于在确定重组定时器超时时，生成RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告用于指示接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。所述收发模块，用于向第一通信装置发送RLC状态报告。这些模块可以执行上述第六方面方法示例中的相应功能，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
第十七方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，有益效果可以参见第七方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置具有实现上述第七方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：收发模块，用于依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。其中，第一PDU集合中的一个或多个PDU中携带设定标识；设定标识用于请求获取RLC状态报告。所述收发模块用于接收来自第二通信装置的RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告用于指示第二通信装置的接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。处理模块，用于根据RLC状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。这些模块可以执行上述第七面方法示例中的相应功能，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
第十八方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，有益效果可以参见第八方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置具有实现上述第八方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括：收发模块，用于接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，并将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重组窗中。其中，第一PDU集合中的一个或多个PDU中携带设定标识，设定标识用于请求获取RLC状态报告。处理模块，用于在确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标识时，生成RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告用于指示接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。所述收发模块，用于向第一通信装置发送RLC状态报告。这些模块可以执行上述第八面方法示例中的相应功能，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
第十九方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，有益效果可以参见第九方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置具有实现上述第九方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括收发模块与处理模块：所述收发模块，用于依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。其中，第一PDU集合中的一个或多个PDU中携带设定标志位，设定标志位用于指示第二通信装置反馈状态报告，设定标志位是第一通信装置在确定第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件时配置或添加在一个或多个PDU中的。所述收发模块还用于接收来自第二通信装置的状态报告，其中，状态报告用于指示第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果或PDU的接收情况。所述处理模块，用于根据状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，或者向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的未被成功接收的PDU。这些模块可以执行上述第九面方法示例中的相应功能，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
第二十方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，有益效果可以参见第十方面的描述此处不再赘述。所述通信装置具有实现上述第十方面的方法实例中行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。在一个可能的设计中，所述通信装置包括收发模块与处理模块：所述收发模块，用于接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，并将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中。所述处理模块，用于确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标志位，通过所述收发模块向第一通信装置发送状态报告。其中，设定标志位用于指示第二通信装置反馈状态报告，设定标志位是第一通信装置在确定第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件时配置或添加在一个或多个PDU中的，状态报告用于指示接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果或PDU的接收情况。这些模块可以执行上述第十面方法示例中的相应功能，具体参见方法示例中的详细描述，此处不做赘述。
第二十一方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为方法实施例中的终端设备，或者为设置在终端设备中的芯片等。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器，可选的，还包括存储器。其中，该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令，处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合，当处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令时，使通信装置执行方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的方法。
第二十二方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为方法实施例中的网络设备， 或者为设置在网络设备中的芯片等。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器，可选的，还包括存储器。其中，该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令，处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合，当处理器执行所述计算机程序或指令时，使通信装置执行方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的方法。
第二十三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行上述任一方面提供的方法。
第二十四方面，本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被计算机执行时，使得所述计算机执行上述任一方面提供的方法。
第二十五方面，本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片，所述芯片与存储器耦合，所述芯片用于读取存储器中存储的计算机程序，执行上述任一方面提供的方法。
第二十六方面，本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持计算机装置实现上述任一方面提供的方法。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器用于保存该计算机装置必要的程序和数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
附图说明
图1示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种可能的网络架构示意图；
图2示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种上行数据在各层间传输示意图；
图3示例性示出本申请实施例一提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图4示例性示出本申请实施例二提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图5示例性示出本申请实施例三提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图6示例性示出本申请实施例四提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图7示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种可能的通信装置的结构示意图；
图8示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种可能的通信装置的结构示意图；
图9示例性示出本申请实施例五提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。
具体实施方式
在介绍本申请提供的技术方案之前，首先对本申请中涉及的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员进行理解。
(1)通信装置：可以为支持无线通信技术、能够向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的装置。在本申请实施例中，不限定通信装置的具体表现形态，比如，通信装置可以为终端设备、网络设备、网关等。
(2)终端设备：可以是能够接收网络设备调度和指示信息的无线终端设备，无线终端设备可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，或具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)与一个或多个核心网或者互联网进行通信，终端设备可以是移动终端设备，如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话，手机、计算机和数据卡，例如，可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如，个人通信业务(personal communication service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑等设备。无线终端设备也可以称为系统、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile station，MS)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point，AP)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户站(subscriber station，SS)、用户端设备(customer premises equipment，CPE)、终端(terminal)、用户设备(user equipment，UE)、移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)等。终端设备也可以是可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统，例如，5G通信系统中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备等。
(3)网络设备：可以是无线网络中的设备，例如网络设备可以为将终端设备接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)节点(或设备)，又可以称为基站。又例如，网络设备也可以为无线网络中的核心网(core network，CN)设备。目前，一些RAN设备的举例为：5G通信系统中的新 一代基站(generation Node B，gNodeB)、传输接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved Node B，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(base band unit，BBU)，或无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)接入点(access point，AP)等。另外，在一种网络结构中，网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit，CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit，DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备。此外，在其它可能的情况下，网络设备可以是其它为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。为方便描述，本申请实施例中，为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置称为网络设备。
需要说明的是，在本申请的描述中“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A、同时存在A和B、单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如“A，B和C中的至少一个”包括A，B，C，AB，AC，BC或ABC。以及，除非有特别说明，本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分，不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。
下面结合附图对本申请实施例进行具体说明。
图1示例性示出了本申请实施例适用的一种网络架构示意图。如图1所示，以通信装置为终端设备、无线接入网设备、核心网设备为例进行介绍。示例性地，终端设备100可接入到无线网络，以便通过无线网络获取外网(比如因特网)的服务，或者可以通过无线网络与其它设备通信，比如可以与其它终端设备通信。该无线网络包括无线接入网设备(即RAN设备)200和核心网设备(即CN设备)300，其中，RAN设备200用于将终端设备100接入到无线网络，CN设备300用于对终端设备进行管理并提供与外网通信的网关。可选的，以终端设备与RAN设备建立通信链路进行数据传输为例，终端设备和RAN设备可以支持多种无线通信技术，终端设备与RAN设备可以通过多种无线通信技术建立通信链路，实现通信。在终端设备与RAN设备之间进行数据传输时，终端设备可以作为数据发送端，RAN设备可以作为数据接收端，或者，RAN设备可以作为数据发送端，终端设备可以作为数据接收端。应理解，图1所示的通信系统中各个设备的数量仅作为示意，本申请实施例对此并不作限定，在实际应用中，还可以包括更多的终端设备100、更多的RAN设备200，也可以包括其它设备。
CN中可以包括多个CN设备300，当图1所示的网络架构适用于5G通信系统时，CN设备200可以为接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)实体、会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)实体或用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)实体等，本申请实施例中以CN设备300为UPF实体为例。示例性地，终端设备100和RAN设备200之间的接口可以称为Uu接口或空口，RAN设备200和UPF实体之间的接口可以称为N3接口。
需要说明的是，图1所示意的网络架构可以适用于各种无线接入技术(radio access technology，RAT)的通信系统中，例如可以是5G(或者称为新无线(new radio，NR))通信系统，当然也可以是未来的通信系统。本申请实施例所示意的网络架构是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着通信网络架构的演变，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
可选的，在上述图1所示意的网络架构中，网络设备和终端设备之间的通信可以遵循一定的协议层结构，例如控制面协议层结构可以包括无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)层、分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层、无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层和物理层(physical layer，PHY)等协议层的功能；用户面协议层结构可以包括PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和物理层等协议层的功能；在一种可能的实现中，PDCP层之上还可以包括业务数据适配(service data adaptation protocol，SDAP)层。示例性地，网络设备可以由一个节点实现RRC、PDCP、RLC和MAC等协议层的功能，或者也可以由多个节点实现这些协议层的功能。
以网络设备和终端设备之间的数据传输为例，数据传输需要经过用户面协议层，比如经过SDAP 层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、物理层，其中，SDAP层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层、物理层也可以统称为接入层。根据数据的传输方向分为发送或接收，上述每层又分为发送部分和接收部分。以上行数据传输为例，参见图2所示为上行数据在各层间传输示意图，图2中向下的箭头表示数据发送，向上的箭头表示数据接收。PDCP层自上层取得数据后，会将数据传送到RLC层与MAC层，再由MAC层生成传输块(transport block，TB)，然后通过物理层进行无线传输。数据在各个层中进行相对应的封装，某一层从该层的上层收到的数据视为该层的服务数据单元(service data unit，SDU)，经过层封装后成为协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)，再传递给下一个层。例如PDCP层从上层接收到的数据称为PDCP SDU，PDCP层发送到下层的数据称为PDCP PDU；RLC层从上层接收到的数据称为RLC SDU，RLC层发送到下层的数据称为RLC PDU；MAC层从上层接收到的数据称为MAC SDU，MAC层发送到下层的数据称为MAC PDU，MAC PDU也可以称为TB。在协议中，层间的联系大都以通道的方式进行对应。RLC层与MAC层间通过逻辑信道(logical channel，LCH)对应，MAC层与物理层则是通过传输通道(transport channel)对应，物理层以下为物理信道(physical channel)，用来对应到另一端的物理层。
此外，通过图2还可以看出，终端设备还可以具有应用层和非接入层；其中，应用层可以用于向终端设备中所安装的应用程序提供服务。可选的，非接入层可以用于转发用户数据，比如，可以将从应用层接收到的上行数据转发给SDAP层或者可以将从SDAP层接收到的下行数据转发给应用层。可选的，终端设备可以将从网络设备接收到的下行数据由物理层依次传输到应用层，进而由应用层提供给应用程序。
下面结合附图，对本申请实施例中通信方法的具体实现进行详细描述。
【实施例一】
图3示例性示出本申请实施例一提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法适用于图1所示意的网络架构。该方法可由第一通信装置和第二通信装置执行。其中，第一通信装置可以是图1所示意的终端设备或者能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片或集成电路)等，第二通信装置可以是图1所示意的网络设备(比如RAN设备)或者能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片或集成电路)等。
可选的，第一通信装置也可以是图1所示意的网络设备或者能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片或集成电路)等，第二通信装置也可以是图1所示意的终端设备或者能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的部件(比如芯片或集成电路)等。可选的，在一些实施场景中，第一通信装置和第二通信装置也可以都为终端设备，或者第一通信装置和第二通信装置也可以都为网络设备，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。为了便于介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案，下面以第一通信装置为终端设备、第二通信装置为网络设备为例进行介绍。如图3所示，该方法包括：
步骤301：终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息。
可选的，第一信息可以用于确定待传输的第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息。
其中，PDU的信息可以指示PDU传输过程中关于PDU的大小/容量(比如数量/字节数/比特数)的相关信息。例如第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数、第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号、或者第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号；其中，第二PDU集合为位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
可选的，也可以通过第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总个数/总大小/总数据量/总尺寸/总容量来表示第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数。例如，终端设备可以与网络设备预先协商好所发送的每个PDU的长度或大小，比如字节数，如此，网络设备可以根据第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量以及每个PDU的长度或大小，计算出第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总字节数/总比特数。又例如，网络设备也可以在接收到第一PDU集合中的第一个PDU时，通过解析该第一个PDU获取到该第一个PDU的长度或大小，即每个PDU的长度或大小，比如字节数。
可选的，第一信息还可以包括目标成功量或目标失败量。可选的，目标成功量或目标失败量可以是预定义好的，或者可以是通过第一信息携带的，或者可以是通过信令配置的，或者可以是通过OAM(Operation Administration and Maintenance)等系统配置的。
需要说明的是，目标成功量可以是指目标成功接收率或目标成功接收量；目标失败量可以是指目标 失败接收率或目标失败接收量。可选的，目标成功接收率可以是指PDU最少正确接收率/PDU最少成功接收率；目标成功接收量可以是指PDU最少正确接收量/PDU最少成功接收量；目标失败接收率可以是指PDU最大丢失率/PDU最大失败接收率；目标失败接收量可以是指PDU最大丢失量/PDU最大失败接收量。
可选的，第一信息可以用于网络设备获知待传输的第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数。
需要说明的是，PDU集合也可以被等价替换为表示一组数据报文集合的类似名词/术语/概念，比如突发(burst)或数据突发(data burst)或帧(Frame)或画面组(Group of Pictures，GOP)或切片(slice)等。
可选的，终端设备可以通过下述几种方式将第一信息发送给网络设备。
方式一：第一信息可以是独立存在的。可选的，终端设备可以在向网络设备发送每个待传输的PDU集合之前，将该待传输的PDU集合对应的第一信息发送给网络设备。可选的，终端设备也可以在向网络设备发送第一个PDU集合之前，将需要发送的各待传输的PDU集合对应的第一信息发送给网络设备。
方式二：第一信息可以承载或携带在PDU中。可选的，每个待传输的PDU集合对应的第一信息可以承载或携带在该待传输的PDU集合中的前m个PDU中。比如，以待传输的PDU集合为第一PDU集合为例，终端设备可以在第一PDU集合中的前m个PDU中分别配置或添加第一信息，如此，在终端设备依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的过程中，网络设备可以从前m个PDU中的任一PDU中获取到第一信息。其中，m为大于或等于1的整数。
可选的，针对前m个PDU中的每个PDU，终端设备可以在该PDU的基本头部中的预留字段配置或添加第一信息，生成配置或添加后的PDU。终端设备可以将配置或添加后的PDU发送给网络设备，网络设备在接收到配置或添加后的PDU时，可以通过解析该PDU获取到第一信息。
示例性地，以m为3为例，第一PDU集合的前3个PDU中可以都携带该PDU集合对应的第一信息。例如，假设该第一PDU集合中包含10个PDU，针对该第一PDU集合中的前3个PDU，该前3个PDU中可以分别携带该第一PDU集合中包含10个PDU的信息。又例如，针对该第一PDU集合中的前3个PDU中的第一个PDU，该第一个PDU可以携带除了自身还有9个PDU没有传输的信息，第二个PDU可以携带除了自身还有8个PDU没有传输的信息，第三个PDU可以携带除了自身还有7个PDU没有传输的信息。再例如，针对该第一PDU集合中的前3个PDU，该前3个PDU可以分别携带该第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号，或者该前3个PDU可以分别携带位于该第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号。
可选的，前m个PDU中的每个PDU可以携带该PDU在所属PDU集合中的位序信息，该位序信息是用于指示该PDU在所属PDU集合中的位置。比如，第一PDU集合中的前m个PDU的每个PDU都可以携带该PDU在第一PDU集合中的位序信息。示例性地，以m为3为例，第一PDU集合中的第一个PDU可以携带该PDU在第一PDU集合中的位序号1，也即是通知网络设备该PDU是当前传输的第一PDU集合中的第一个PDU。第一PDU集合中的第二个PDU可以携带该PDU在第一PDU集合中的位序号2，也即是通知网络设备该PDU是当前传输的第一PDU集合中的第二个PDU。第一PDU集合中的第三个PDU可以携带该PDU在第一PDU集合中的位序号3，也即是通知网络设备该PDU是当前传输的第一PDU集合中的第三个PDU。
需要说明的是，前3个PDU中的每个PDU都携带该PDU在所属PDU集合中的位序信息是为了避免作为数据接收端的网络设备产生误解。因为，如果前3个PDU中的第一个PDU携带所属PDU集合中包含10个PDU的信息，第二个PDU携带所属PDU集合中包含9个PDU的信息，则在第一个PDU被网络设备成功接收时，网络设备可以获知当前正在接收的PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量为10个，以目标失败接收率为20％为例，网络设备可以统计正在接收的PDU中错误接收/丢失/超时接收/解码失败/完整性校验失败的PDU的数量是否超过2个。但是，如果第一个PDU没有被网络设备成功接收，则网络设备根据接收到的第二个PDU，认为当前正在接收的PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量为9个，以目标失败接收率为20％为例，网络设备可以统计正在接收的PDU中错误接收/丢失/超时接收/解码失败/完整性校验失败的PDU的数量是否超过1.8个。
应理解，上述内容只是示例性介绍几种第一信息的发送方式，终端设备也可以采用其它方式发送第一信息，本申请实施例对此不再一一列举。
可选的，在终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息之前，终端设备可以先获取传输配置信息。示例性地，终端设备可以先获取第一PDU集合对应的传输配置信息，也可以获取各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。例如，终端设备可以从某一终端设备上安装的某一应用程序(Application，APP)中获取第一PDU集合或各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息，比如终端设备可以从自身安装的APP中获取第一PDU集合或各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。又例如，终端设备也可以从应用服务器中获取第一PDU集合或各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。
其中，该传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：第一信息、目标成功量、或者目标失败量。可选的，传输配置信息可以是APP或应用服务器一次性提供给终端设备的，或者也可以是APP或应用服务器分别提供给终端设备的。其中，传输配置信息中有的信息(比如哪些PDU属于同一PDU集合，例如序列号为1、2、3的PDU属于一个PDU集合，序列号为4、5、6的PDU属于另一个PDU集合)可能是终端设备通过深度报文解析等途径获取的，有的信息(比如目标成功量或目标失败量)可能是终端设备与网络设备预先协商好的，有的信息(比如PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数)可能是终端设备统计确定的。
步骤302：网络设备接收第一信息，根据第一信息确定第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息。
其中，PDU的信息指示PDU传输过程中关于PDU大小/容量(比如数量/字节数/比特数)的相关信息。例如第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数、第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号、或者第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号；其中，第二PDU集合为位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
可选的，网络设备在接收到第一信息后，可以通过第一信息，得出待传输的第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数或/总比特数。
例如，网络设备可以从第一信息中直接获取第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量或/总字节数/总比特数。如果第一信息中不包括第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数，但包括第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号或者第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号，则网络设备可以根据接收到的第一PDU集合中的第一个PDU的序列号以及第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号，计算得出第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数。
示例性地，假设网络设备接收到的第一PDU集合中的第一个PDU的序列号(或者也可以称为编号或顺序号等)为3，且网络设备从第一信息中获取第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号为14，则网络设备可以计算出第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量为12。其中，PDU集合中的每个PDU在传输时可以携带上该PDU的序列号。
可选的，网络设备也可以根据接收到的第一PDU集合中的第一个PDU的序列号以及第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号，计算得出第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数。示例性地，假设网络设备接收到的第一PDU集合中的第一个PDU的序列号为3，且网络设备从第一信息中获取第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号为15，则网络设备可以计算出第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量为12。
可选的，也可以通过总字节数/总比特数来表示第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的大小/数据量/总尺寸/容量。例如，终端设备可以与网络设备预先协商好所发送的每个PDU的长度或大小，比如字节数，如此，网络设备可以根据第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量以及每个PDU的长度或大小，计算出第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总字节数/总比特数。又例如，网络设备也可以在接收到第一PDU集合中的第一个PDU时，通过解析该第一个PDU获取到该第一个PDU的长度或大小，即每个PDU的长度或大小，比如字节数。
步骤303：终端设备依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中的PDU。
可选的，如果第一信息是独立存在的，则上述步骤303可以在终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息之后执行。例如，终端设备在向网络设备发送第一信息之后，依次向网络设备发送当前待传输的PDU集合(比如第一PDU集合)中的PDU。可选的，如果第一信息是承载或携带在PDU中，则上述步骤303可以是在终端设备向网络设备发送待传输的PDU集合(比如第一PDU集合)时执行。例如，上述步骤303可以在上述步骤302之前执行。
可选的，待传输的PDU集合(比如第一PDU集合)中包含的各PDU可以是按照PDU的序列号的 先后顺序或大小顺序进行排序的。可选的，终端设备在向网络设备发送某一待传输的PDU集合(比如第一PDU集合)时，可以按照PDU的序列号的先后顺序或大小顺序，依次将第一PDU集合中包含的各PDU发送给网络设备。例如，假设第一PDU集合中包含5个PDU，且该5个PDU的序列号分别为2,3,4,5,6。如此，终端设备在向网络设备发送第一PDU集合时，可以先发送序列号为2的PDU，再依次发送序列号为3,4,5,6的PDU。
步骤304：网络设备根据第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输结果，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或传输失败量。
可选的，网络设备可以将接收到的第一PDU集合中的PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中。示例性地，网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗可以是按照PDU的序列号的先后顺序或大小顺序进行依次存储所接收到的PDU。
可选的，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输结果可以包括PDU被成功接收或PDU未被成功接收。示例性地，被网络设备成功接收的PDU可以包括第一PDU集合中正确接收/重组成功/向上层递交/解码成功/完整性校验成功的PDU；未被网络设备成功接收的PDU可以包括第一PDU集合中错误接收/丢失/超时接收/解码失败/完整性校验失败的PDU。例如，传输成功量可以是指成功接收量/成功接收率；传输失败量可以是指失败接收量/失败接收率。
可选的，网络设备可以维护一个计数器(初始值为0)，持续统计第一PDU集合中正确接收/重组成功/向上层递交/解码成功/完整性校验成功的PDU的第一数量。例如，网络设备可以在第一PDU集合对应的PDU SN(Sequence Number，序列号)范围内每正确接收/重组成功/向上层递交/解码成功/完整性校验成功一个PDU，则计数器加1。可选的，网络设备也可以持续计算出第一PDU集合中正确接收/重组成功/向上层递交/解码成功/完整性校验成功的PDU的第一字节数/第一比特数。
需要说明的是，正确接收可以包括PDU加解密和完整性校验都通过了，和/或，在规定的时间内所有的分段PDU都重组成功了，和/或，落在了合法的接受范围内(例如，网络设备计算出来的某一PDU的HFN(hyperframenumber，超帧号)与RX-DELIV(还没有传输给上层的最早的PDCP PDU)的HFN一致，针对该PDU计算出来的RCVD-COUNT(接收到的PDCP PDU的COUNT，高位是RCVD_HFN，低位是RCVD_SN)是大于等于RX-DELIV的。如果该方法是对应RLC层，则网络设备接收到的RLC PDU的SN>RX-NEXT(下一个期望接收的PDCP PDU的SN)，且RLC PDU的SN<＝RX-NEXT+AM-Window-size)。其中，RCVD_HFN是指接收到的PDCP PDU的COUNT的超帧号，长度是32bit减去RCVD_SN的长度；RCVD_SN是指接收到的PDCP PDU的序列号。
可选的，网络设备也可以通过计数器，持续统计第一PDU集合中错误接收/丢失/超时接收/解码失败/完整性校验失败的PDU的第二数量。例如，网络设备可以在第一PDU集合对应的PDU SN范围内每错误接收/丢失/超时接收/解码失败/完整性校验失败一个PDU，则计数器加1。可选的，网络设备也可以持续计算出第一PDU集合中错误接收/丢失/超时接收/解码失败/完整性校验失败的PDU的第二字节数/第二比特数。
可选的，网络设备可以根据第一PDU集合中正确接收/重组成功/向上层递交/解码成功/完整性校验成功的PDU的第一数量/第一字节数/第一比特数，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量。
例如，在传输成功量是指成功接收量时，网络设备可以在计算出第一PDU集合中正确接收/重组成功/向上层递交/解码成功/完整性校验成功的PDU的第一数量/第一字节数/第一比特数后，将计算出的第一数量/第一字节数/第一比特数作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收量。
又例如，在传输成功量是指成功接收率时，网络设备可以在计算出第一PDU集合中正确接收/重组成功/向上层递交/解码成功/完整性校验成功的PDU的第一数量/第一字节数/第一比特数后，计算第一数量/第一字节数/第一比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值，并可以将该比值作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收率。
可选的，网络设备也可以根据第一PDU集合中错误接收/丢失/超时接收/解码失败/完整性校验失败的PDU的第二数量/第二字节数/第二比特数，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量。
例如，在传输失败量是指失败接收量时，网络设备可以在计算出第一PDU集合中错误接收/丢失/超时接收/解码失败/完整性校验失败的PDU的第二数量/第二字节数/第二比特数后，将计算出的第二数量/第二字节数/第二比特数作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收量。
又例如，在传输失败量是指失败接收率时，网络设备可以在计算出第一PDU集合中错误接收/丢失 /超时接收/解码失败/完整性校验失败的PDU的第二数量/第二字节数/第二比特数后，计算第二数量/第二字节数/第二比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值，并可以将该比值作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收率。
步骤305：网络设备在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量或者第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，生成第二信息。
可选的，网络设备可以在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，生成第二信息，该第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量。
可选的，网络设备也可以在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，生成第二信息，该第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量。
示例性地，在目标成功量是指目标成功接收量时，网络设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收量是否大于或等于目标成功接收量。当第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收量大于或等于目标成功接收量时，网络设备可以生成第二信息，该第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收量大于或等于目标成功接收量。
示例性地，在目标成功量是指目标成功接收率时，网络设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收率是否大于或等于目标成功接收率。当第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收率大于或等于目标成功接收率时，网络设备可以生成第二信息，该第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收率大于或等于目标成功接收率。
示例性地，在目标失败量是指目标失败接收量时，网络设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收量是否大于或等于目标失败接收量。当第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收量大于或等于目标失败接收量时，网络设备可以生成第二信息，该第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收量大于或等于目标失败接收量。
示例性地，在目标失败量是指目标失败接收率时，网络设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收率是否大于或等于目标失败接收率。当第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收率大于或等于目标失败接收率时，网络设备可以生成第二信息，该第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收率大于或等于目标失败接收率。
可选的，网络设备也可以在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，生成携带指示信息或原因值的第二信息，该指示信息或原因值用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量。
可选的，网络设备也可以在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，生成携带指示信息或原因值的第二信息，该指示信息或原因值用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量。例如，指示信息可以为指示值，比如可以设置指示值0表示传输成功量已经大于或等于目标成功量，可以设置指示1表示传输失败量已经大于或等于目标失败量。又例如，可以设置原因值0表示传输成功量已经大于或等于目标成功量，可以设置原因值1表示传输失败量已经大于或等于目标失败量。
可选的，网络设备可以在接收第一PDU集合中的PDU的过程中，随时生成用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的第二信息。例如，网络设备在接收第一PDU集合中的PDU的过程中，可以根据自身实际状况或其它情况(比如网络设备不想再接收PDU了)，生成用于指示终端设备停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的第二信息。比如，网络设备在检测到自身资源(比如网络资源不足或计算资源不足等)不满足再继续接收PDU的条件时，生成用于指示终端设备停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的第二信息。
可选的，网络设备也可以在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，生成用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的第二信息。可选的，网络设备也可以在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，生成用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的第二信息。示例性地，网络设备在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量或者第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，认为已经不需要再接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中的PDU，可以生成用于指示终端设备停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的第二信息。
步骤306：网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息。终端设备接收来自网络设备的第二信息。
可选的，在第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，第二信息可以为状态报告。可选的，在第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，第二信息可以为状态报告。
可选的，第二信息也可以携带在指示消息或状态报告中。
步骤307：终端设备根据第二信息，停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，终端设备在接收到第二信息后，可以停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，也可以选择在向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的至少一个PDU后，再停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，终端设备在接收到第二信息后，可以停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，终端设备在接收到第二信息后，可以停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，也可以选择在向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的至少一个PDU后，再停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，终端设备在接收到第二信息后，可以停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在第二信息是用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU时，终端设备在接收到第二信息后，可以停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
示例性地，在第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量或者在第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，终端设备也可以通过结合空口资源(比如时域资源、频域资源或空域资源等)或发送队列资源，确定是否可以继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。如果空口资源或发送队列资源不满足终端设备继续发送PDU的资源需求，则终端设备需要停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
步骤308：终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息。网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三信息。
在一种实施方式中，第三信息可以用于指示终端设备同意停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在另一种实施方式中，第三信息也可以用于指示终端设备不同意停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。例如，终端设备可以在继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的一个或多个PDU后，再停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在又一种实施方式中，第三信息可以包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的第一参数值的相关信息，该相关信息可以用于指示网络设备停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，并可以针对接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。其中，接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数可以是指PDCP中的RX_DELIV或PDCP中的RX_NEXT或RLC中的RX_Next或RLC中的RX_Highest_Status(最大Status发送状态变量，当重组定时器超时时被更新)等。
可选的，当终端设备向网络设备发送的信息是用于指示网络设备停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，如果在第一PDU集合之后存在下一个待传输的PDU集合(比如第二PDU集合)，则终端设备可以依次向网络设备发送第二PDU集合中的PDU。
例如，在终端设备依次向网络设备发送第二PDU集合中的PDU之前，终端设备可以先获取第二PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。又例如，终端设备在向网络设备发送传输顺序为第一个的PDU集合之前，可以先获取各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。
步骤309：网络设备根据第三信息，停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在第三信息用于指示终端设备同意停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，终端设备可以停止接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中的PDU。
可选的，在第三信息用于指示终端设备同意停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，该第三信息中还可以包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的第一参数值。
可选的，在第三信息用于指示终端设备不同意停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，终端设备可以继续接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中的PDU，直至接收到终端设备发送的用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU的信息，或者直至接收到终端设备发送的建议网络设备调整接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值的信息，该信息可以用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在第三信息中包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的第一参数值的相关信息时，该相关信息可以用于指示网络设备停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，并可以针对接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。
此外，在网络设备接收到终端设备发送的第三信息之后，如果第三信息是用于指示终端设备同意停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，或者如果第三信息中包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的第一参数值的相关信息，则网络设备可以根据第一参数值，将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第一参数值。例如，协议参数可以指接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的起始位置，假设第一参数值为5，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为5，5可以作为接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
可选的，网络设备也可以根据接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值和/或第一信息和/或第三信息，确定第二参数值，并可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第二参数值。其中，第二参数值用于指示接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值，确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为5，网络设备可以根据实际需求进行确定新参数值。比如，网络设备可以根据实际需求确定新参数值为6，或者也可以根据实际需求确定新参数值为15，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为新参数值。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据第一信息，确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第一信息中包括第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量为100，且假设第一PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号为5，则网络设备可以确定第一信息中包括第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号为104，网络设备可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为105。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105。
又例如，假设第一信息中包括第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号为104，网络设备可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为105。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105。
再例如，假设第一信息中包括第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号为105，网络设备可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为105。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105。
此外，在网络设备获知第一信息的前提下，网络设备也可以根据实际需求确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为104，将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为104。可选的，网络设备也可以根据实际需求确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为103，将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为103。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据第三信息，确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第一参数值为105，网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为105。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为105。
又例如，网络设备也可以根据实际需求确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为103，将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为103，或者也可以根据实际需求确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为102，将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为102，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值以及第一信息，确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为5，并假设第一信息中包括第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量为100，则网络设备即可知道第一PDU集合中最后一个PDU的序列号为104，并可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为105。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105。
又例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为5，并假设第一信息中包括第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号为104，网络设备可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为105。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105。
再例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为5，并假设第一信息中包括第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号为105，网络设备可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为105。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值以及第三信息，确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为5，并假设第一参数值为105，此时网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105，也可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为104，还可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为103，具体可以根据实际需求对接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行调整，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
又例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为5，并假设第一参数值为105，且假设网络设备当前已经成功接收到的PDU的数量为108，则网络设备可以在第一参数值的基础上进行确定新参数值，比如，网络设备可以确定新参数值为104，或者可以确定新参数值为105，或者可以确定新参数值为106，或者可以确定新参数值为107，或者可以确定新参数值为108，或者可以确定新参数值为109，具体可以根据实际需求进行确定新参数值，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。然后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为新参数值。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据第一信息以及第三信息，确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第一信息中包括第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量为100，并假设第一参数值为105，且假设第一PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号为5，则网络设备可以确定第一信息中包括第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号为104，网络设备可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为105。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105。
又例如，假设第一参数值为105，并假设第一信息中包括第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号为104，网络设备可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为105。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105。
再例如，假设第一参数值为105，并假设第一信息中包括第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号为105，网络设备可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为105。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105。
此外，在网络设备获知第一信息以及第三信息的前提下，网络设备也可以根据实际需求确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为104，将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为104，或者可以根据实际需求确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置为103，将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为103。
在一种实施方式中，在网络设备获知第一信息以及第三信息的前提下，假设也获知网络设备当前已经成功接收到的PDU的数量为108，则网络设备可以在第一参数值的基础上进行确定新参数值，网络 设备可以确定新参数值为104，或者可以确定新参数值为105，或者可以确定新参数值为106，或者可以确定新参数值为107，或者可以确定新参数值为108，或者可以确定新参数值为109，具体可以根据实际需求进行确定新参数值，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。然后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为新参数值。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值、第一信息以及第三信息，确定接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为5，并假设第一信息中包括第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量为100，且假设第一参数值为105，则网络设备即可知道第一PDU集合中最后一个PDU的序列号为104，并可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105，也可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为104，还可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为103，具体可以根据实际需求对接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行调整，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
又例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为5，并假设第一信息中包括第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号为104，且假设第一参数值为105，则网络设备可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105，也可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为104，还可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为103，具体可以根据实际需求对接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行调整，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
再例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为5，并假设第一信息中包括第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号为105，且假设第一参数值为105，则网络设备可以知道终端设备即将从序列号为105的PDU开始传输，此时网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为105，也可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为104，还可以将接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从5调整为103，具体可以根据实际需求对接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行调整，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
此外，在网络设备获知第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值、第一信息以及第三信息的前提下，假设网络设备当前已经成功接收到的PDU的数量为108，则网络设备可以在第一参数值的基础上进行确定新参数值，比如，网络设备可以确定新参数值为104，或者可以确定新参数值为105，或者可以确定新参数值为106，或者可以确定新参数值为107，或者可以确定新参数值为108，或者可以确定新参数值为109，具体可以根据实际需求进行确定新参数值，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
基于实施例一，下面结合实施例二至实施例四描述一些可能的实现。
【实施例二】
图4示例性示出本申请实施例二提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法适用于图1所示意的网络架构。该方法可由第一通信装置和第二通信装置执行。为了便于介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案，下面继续以第一通信装置为终端设备、第二通信装置为网络设备为例进行介绍。如图4所示，该方法包括：
步骤401：终端设备依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。网络设备接收来自终端设备的PDU。
可选的，待传输的PDU集合(比如第一PDU集合)中包含的各PDU可以是按照PDU的序列号的先后顺序或大小顺序进行排序的。例如，终端设备在向网络设备发送某一待传输的PDU集合(比如第一PDU集合)时，可以按照PDU的序列号的先后顺序或大小顺序，依次将第一PDU集合中包含的各PDU发送给网络设备。又例如，假设某一待传输的PDU集合中有6个PDU，且该6个PDU的序列号分别为1,2,3,4,5,6，终端设备可以依次将序列号为1,2,3,4,5,6的PDU发送给网络设备。
可选的，在终端设备依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，终端设备可以先获取传输 配置信息。示例性地，在终端设备依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，终端设备可以先获取第一PDU集合对应的传输配置信息，也可以获取各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。可选的，终端设备可以从某一终端设备上安装的APP中获取第一PDU集合或各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息，也可以从应用服务器中获取第一PDU集合或各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。其中，该传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：第一信息，目标成功量，或者目标失败量。
可选的，传输配置信息可以是APP或应用服务器一次性提供给终端设备的，或者也可以是APP或应用服务器分别提供给终端设备的。其中，传输配置信息中有的信息(比如哪些PDU属于同一PDU集合，例如序列号为3、4、5的PDU属于一个PDU集合，序列号为6、7、8的PDU属于另一个PDU集合)可能是终端设备通过深度报文解析等途径获取的，有的信息(比如目标成功量或目标失败量)可能是终端设备与网络设备预先协商好的，有的信息(比如PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数)可能是终端设备统计确定的。
步骤402：网络设备将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中。
可选的，网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗可以是按照PDU的序列号的先后顺序或大小顺序进行依次存储所接收到的PDU。
步骤403：网络设备在确定重排序定时器超时时，生成PDCP状态报告。
可选的，网络设备可以通过检测接收窗/重排序窗，判断接收窗/重排序窗中是否存在PDU缺失或乱序，来确定是否启动重排序定时器。当网络设备检测到接收窗/重排序窗中存在PDU缺失或乱序时，可以启动重排序定时器。然后，在确定重排序定时器超时时，网络设备可以根据接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果，生成PDCP状态报告。
步骤404：网络设备向终端设备发送PDCP状态报告。终端设备接收来自网络设备的PDCP状态报告。
可选的，PDCP状态报告可以用于指示网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果。例如，网络设备可以在PDCP状态报告中记录接收窗/重排序窗中成功接收到哪些PDU，未成功接收到哪些PDU。假设终端设备向网络设备发送了第一PDU集合中的5个PDU，且该5个PDU的序列号分别为3,4,5,6,7，比如，假设接收窗/重排序窗中缺失序列号为4,5的PDU，网络设备可以在PDCP状态报告中记录序列号为4,5的PDU未被成功接收到，序列号为3,6,7的PDU被成功接收到。比如，网络设备可以在PDCP状态报告中用标识值或标志位记录PDU是被成功接收到还是未被成功接收到，比如，网络设备可以在PDCP状态报告中用标识值0表示PDU未被成功接收到，用标识值1表示PDU被成功接收到。
步骤405：终端设备根据PDCP状态报告，停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，终端设备在接收到PDCP状态报告后，可以根据PDCP状态报告中记录的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量。其中，接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果可以包括PDU被成功接收或PDU未被成功接收。可选的，终端设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量是否大于或等于目标成功量，也可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量是否大于或等于目标失败量。
例如，在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，终端设备可以停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。又例如，在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，终端设备可以停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。示例性地，在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，终端设备也可以选择在向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的至少一个PDU后，再停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。示例性地，在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，终端设备也可以通过结合空口资源(比如时域资源、频域资源或空域资源等)或发送队列资源，确定是否可以继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。如果空口资源或发送队列资源不满足终端设备继续发送PDU的资源需求，则终端设备需要停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
比如，以终端设备向网络设备发送视频帧对应的PDU为例，在视频帧对应的PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，为了确保更好的视频质量或更高的视频清晰度，终端设备可以选择继续向网络设备发送视频帧对应的PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的部分PDU后，再停止向网络设备发送视频帧对应的PDU集合中剩余的PDU。又比如，在视频帧对应的PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，也可以为了使得网络设备复原出完整的视频帧的计算量能够有效地减少， 终端设备可以选择继续向网络设备发送视频帧对应的PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的部分PDU后，再停止向网络设备发送视频帧对应的PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在传输成功量是指成功接收量时，终端设备可以在计算出PDCP状态报告中包含的第一PDU集合中已被成功接收的PDU的第三数量/第三字节数/第三比特数后，将计算出的第三数量/第三字节数/第三比特数作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收量。如此，终端设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收量是否大于或等于目标成功接收量。
可选的，在传输成功量是指成功接收率时，终端设备可以在计算出PDCP状态报告中包含的第一PDU集合中已被成功接收的PDU的第三数量/第三字节数/第三比特数后，计算第三数量/第三字节数/第三比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值，并可以将该比值作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收率。如此，终端设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收率是否大于或等于目标成功接收率。
可选的，在传输失败量是指失败接收量时，终端设备可以在计算出PDCP状态报告中包含的所述第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的第四数量/第四字节数/第四比特数后，将计算出的第四数量/第四字节数/第四比特数作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收量。如此，终端设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收量是否大于或等于目标失败接收量。
可选的，在传输失败量是指失败接收率时，终端设备可以在计算出PDCP状态报告中包含的所述第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的第四数量/第四字节数/第四比特数后，计算第四数量/第四字节数/第四比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值，并可以将该比值作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收率。如此，终端设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收率是否大于或等于目标失败接收率。
步骤406：终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息。网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三信息。
在一种实施方式中，第三信息可以用于指示终端设备确定停止继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，可以理解为，第三信息用于指示网络设备可以停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在另一种实施方式中，第三信息也可以用于指示终端设备确定继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，可以理解为，第三信息用于指示网络设备可以继续接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。例如，终端设备可以在继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的一个或多个PDU后，再停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在又一种实施方式中，第三信息可以包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第三参数值的相关信息，该相关信息可以用于指示网络设备停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，并可以针对接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。其中，接收窗/重排序窗中的协议参数可以是指PDCP中的RX_DELIV或PDCP中的RX_NEXT等。
可选的，当终端设备向网络设备发送的信息是用于指示网络设备停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，如果在第一PDU集合之后存在下一个待传输的PDU集合(比如第二PDU集合)，则终端设备可以依次向网络设备发送第二PDU集合中的PDU。可选的，在终端设备依次向网络设备发送第二PDU集合中的PDU之前，终端设备可以将缓存的第一PDU集合中的PDU进行清除处理，如此可以释放内存，缓解终端设备的存储压力。
例如，在终端设备依次向网络设备发送第二PDU集合中的PDU之前，终端设备可以先获取第二PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。又例如，终端设备在向网络设备发送传输顺序为第一个的PDU集合之前，可以先获取各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。
步骤407：网络设备根据第三信息，停止接收第一PDU集合中的PDU。
可选的，在第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，网络设备可以停止接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，该第三信息中还可以包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第三参数值。
可选的，在第三信息中包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第三参数值的相关信息时，该相关信息可以用于指示网络设备停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，并可以针对接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。
可选的，在第三信息用于指示继续接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，网络设备可以继续接收来 自终端设备的第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，直至接收到终端设备发送的用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU的信息，或者直至接收到终端设备发送的建议网络设备调整接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值的信息，该信息可以用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
此外，在网络设备接收到终端设备发送的第三信息之后，如果第三信息是用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，或者如果第三信息中包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第三参数值的相关信息，则网络设备可以根据第三信息中包括的第三参数值，将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第三参数值。例如，协议参数可以指接收窗/重排序窗的起始位置，假设第三信息中包括的第三参数值为8，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为8，8可以作为接收窗/重排序窗的新起始位置。
可选的，网络设备也可以根据接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值和/或第三信息，确定第四参数值，并可以将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第四参数值。其中，第四参数值用于指示接收窗/重排序窗的新起始位置。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值，确定接收窗/重排序窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值为8，网络设备可以根据实际需求进行确定新参数值。比如，网络设备可以根据实际需求确定新参数值为10，或者也可以根据实际需求确定新参数值为15，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为新参数值。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据第三信息，确定接收窗/重排序窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第三参数值为20，网络设备可以确定接收窗/重排序窗的新起始位置为20。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为20，20可以作为接收窗/重排序窗的新起始位置。
又例如，网络设备也可以根据实际需求确定接收窗/重排序窗的新起始位置为19，将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为19，或者也可以根据实际需求确定接收窗/重排序窗的新起始位置为18，将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为18，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
示例性地，网络设备也可以根据接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值以及第三信息，确定接收窗/重排序窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第三参数值为8，并假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值为1，此时网络设备可以将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值从1调整为8，也可以将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值从1调整为7，还可以将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值从1调整为6，具体可以根据实际需求对接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行调整，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
又例如，假设第三参数值为8，并假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值为1，且假设网络设备当前已经成功接收到的PDU的数量为10，则网络设备可以计算出新的参数值为8+3＝11，并可以将接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为11，11可以作为接收窗/重排序窗的新起始位置。
【实施例三】
图5示例性示出本申请实施例三提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法适用于图1所示意的网络架构。该方法可由第一通信装置和第二通信装置执行。为了便于介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案，下面继续以第一通信装置为终端设备、第二通信装置为网络设备为例进行介绍。如图5所示，该方法包括：
步骤501：终端设备依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。网络设备接收来自终端设备的PDU。
可选的，步骤501的实施方式可以参考上述步骤401的实施方式，在此不再赘述。
步骤502：网络设备将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重组窗中。
可选的，网络设备的接收窗/重组窗可以是按照PDU的序列号的先后顺序或大小顺序进行依次存储所接收到的PDU。
步骤503：网络设备在确定重组定时器超时时，生成RLC状态报告。
可选的，网络设备可以通过检测接收窗/重组窗，判断接收窗/重组窗是否存在重组未完成的PDU，来确定是否启动重组定时器。当网络设备检测到接收窗/重组窗存在重组未完成的PDU时，可以启动重组定时器。然后，在确定重组定时器超时时，网络设备可以根据接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果，生成RLC状态报告。
步骤504：网络设备向终端设备发送RLC状态报告。终端设备接收来自网络设备的RLC状态报告。
可选的，RLC状态报告可以用于指示网络设备的接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。例如，网络设备可以在RLC状态报告中记录接收窗/重组窗中成功接收到哪些PDU，未成功接收到哪些PDU。假设终端设备向网络设备发送了第一PDU集合中的6个PDU，且该6个PDU的序列号分别为2,3,4,5,6,7，比如，假设接收窗/重组窗中序列号为5的PDU没有重组完成，网络设备可以在RLC状态报告中记录序列号为5的PDU未被成功接收到，序列号为2,3,4,6,7的PDU被接收到。比如，网络设备可以在RLC状态报告中用标识值或标志位记录PDU是被成功接收到还是未被成功接收到，比如，网络设备可以在RLC状态报告中用标识值0表示PDU未被成功接收到，用标识值1表示PDU被成功接收到。
步骤505：终端设备根据RLC状态报告，停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，终端设备在接收到RLC状态报告后，可以根据RLC状态报告中记录的接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果，确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量。其中，接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果可以包括PDU被成功接收或PDU未被成功接收。可选的，终端设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量是否大于或等于目标成功量，也可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量是否大于或等于目标失败量。
例如，在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，终端设备可以停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。又例如，在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量时，终端设备可以停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。示例性地，在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，终端设备也可以选择在向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的至少一个PDU后，再停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
示例性地，在第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量时，终端设备也可以通过结合空口资源(比如时域资源、频域资源或空域资源等)或发送队列资源，确定是否可以继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。如果空口资源或发送队列资源不满足终端设备继续发送PDU的资源需求，则终端设备需要停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在传输成功量是指成功接收量时，终端设备可以在计算出RLC状态报告中包含的第一PDU集合中已被成功接收的PDU的第五数量/第五字节数/第五比特数后，将计算出的第五数量/第五字节数/第五比特数作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收量。如此，终端设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收量是否大于或等于目标成功接收量。
可选的，在传输成功量是指成功接收率时，终端设备可以在计算出RLC状态报告中包含的第一PDU集合中已被成功接收的PDU的第五数量/第五字节数/第五比特数后，计算第五数量/第五字节数/第五比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值，并可以将该比值作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收率。如此，终端设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的成功接收率是否大于或等于目标成功接收率。
可选的，在传输失败量是指失败接收量时，终端设备可以在计算出RLC状态报告中包含的所述第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的第六数量/第六字节数/第六比特数后，将计算出的第六数量/第六字节数/第六比特数作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收量。如此，终端设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收量是否大于或等于目标失败接收量。
可选的，在传输失败量是指失败接收率时，终端设备可以在计算出RLC状态报告中包含的所述第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的第六数量/第六字节数/第六比特数后，计算第六数量/第六字节数/第六比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值，并可以将该比值作为第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收率。如此，终端设备可以判断第一PDU集合中的PDU的失败接收率是否大于或等于目标失败接收率。
可选的，终端设备也可以在接收到RLC状态报告后，可以根据RLC状态报告中记录的接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果，在确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量小于某一阈值或第一PDU集合 中的PDU的传输失败量大于某一阈值时，可以选择向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的未被成功接收的PDU，以便帮助网络设备能够准确地恢复出完整的第一PDU集合。在一个示例中，终端设备可以在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中，随机选择出一个或多个PDU，并将该随机选择出的一个或多个PDU发送给网络设备。在另一个示例中，终端设备也可以在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中，选择重传次数小于或等于最大重传次数的一个或多个PDU，并将该一个或多个PDU发送给网络设备。
步骤506：终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息。网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三信息。
在一种实施方式中，第三信息可以用于指示终端设备确定停止继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，可以理解为，第三信息用于指示网络设备可以停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在另一种实施方式中，第三信息也可以用于指示终端设备确定继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，可以理解为，第三信息用于指示网络设备可以继续接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。例如，终端设备可以在继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的一个或多个PDU后，再停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
在又一种实施方式中，第三信息可以包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的第五参数值的相关信息，该相关信息可以用于指示网络设备停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，并可以针对接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。其中，接收窗/重组窗中的协议参数可以是指RLC中的RX_Next或RLC中的RX_Highest_Status等。
可选的，当终端设备向网络设备发送的信息是用于指示网络设备停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，如果在第一PDU集合之后存在下一个待传输的PDU集合(比如第二PDU集合)，则终端设备可以依次向网络设备发送第二PDU集合中的PDU。可选的，在终端设备依次向网络设备发送第二PDU集合中的PDU之前，终端设备可以将缓存的第一PDU集合中的PDU进行清除处理，如此可以释放内存，缓解终端设备的存储压力。
例如，在终端设备依次向网络设备发送第二PDU集合中的PDU之前，终端设备可以先获取第二PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。又例如，终端设备在向网络设备发送传输顺序为第一个的PDU集合之前，可以先获取各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。
步骤507：网络设备根据第三信息，停止接收第一PDU集合中的PDU。
可选的，在第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，网络设备可以停止接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，在第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，该第三信息中还可以包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的第五参数值。
可选的，在第三信息中包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的第五参数值的相关信息时，该相关信息可以用于指示网络设备停止接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，并可以针对接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整。
可选的，在第三信息用于指示继续接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU时，网络设备可以继续接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，直至接收到终端设备发送的用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU的信息，或者直至接收到终端设备发送的建议网络设备调整接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值的信息，该信息可以用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
此外，在网络设备接收到终端设备发送的第三信息之后，如果第三信息是用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，或者如果第三信息中包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的第五参数值的相关信息，则网络设备可以根据第三信息中包括的第五参数值，将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第为参数值。例如，协议参数可以指接收窗/重组窗的起始位置，假设第三信息中包括的第五参数值为8，网络设备可以将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为8，8可以作为接收窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
可选的，网络设备也可以根据接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值和/或第三信息，确定第六参数值，并可以将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第六参数值。其中，第六参数值用于指示接收窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值，确定接收窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为10，网络设备可以根据实际需求进行确定新参数值。比如，网络设备可以根据实际需求确定新参数值为11，或者也可以根据实际需求确定新参数值为8，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为新参数值。
示例性地，网络设备可以根据第三信息，确定接收窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第五参数值为15，网络设备可以确定接收窗/重组窗的新起始位置为15。之后，网络设备可以将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为15，15可以作为接收窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
又例如，网络设备也可以根据实际需求确定接收窗/重组窗的新起始位置为13，将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为13，或者也可以根据实际需求确定接收窗/重组窗的新起始位置为12，将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为12，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
示例性地，网络设备也可以根据接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值以及第三信息，确定接收窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
例如，假设第五参数值为15，并假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为1，此时网络设备可以将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从1调整为15，也可以将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从1调整为13，还可以将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值从1调整为12，具体可以根据实际需求对接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行调整，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。
又例如，假设第三参数值为15，并假设第一PDU集合对应的接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值为1，且假设网络设备当前已经成功接收到的PDU的数量为18，则网络设备可以计算出新的参数值为15+4＝19，并可以将接收窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值调整为19，19可以作为接收窗/重组窗的新起始位置。
【实施例四】
图6示例性示出本申请实施例四提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法适用于图1所示意的网络架构。该方法可由第一通信装置和第二通信装置执行。为了便于介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案，下面继续以第一通信装置为终端设备、第二通信装置为网络设备为例进行介绍。如图6所示，该方法包括：
步骤601：终端设备依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。网络设备接收来自终端设备的PDU。
可选的，步骤601的实施方式可以参考上述步骤401的实施方式，在此不再赘述。
此外，需要说明的是，终端设备可以在需要向网络设备请求获取RLC状态报告时，从第一PDU集合中确定一个或多个待传输的PDU，并在一个或多个待传输的PDU中分别携带一个设定标识，该设定标识用于指示请求获取RLC状态报告。例如，针对一个或多个待传输的PDU中的每个PDU，终端设备可以在该PDU的基本头部中的预留字段配置或添加一个设定标识值(比如1)，该设定标识值1用于指示请求获取RLC状态报告。
步骤602：网络设备将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重组窗中。
可选的，网络设备的接收窗/重组窗可以是按照PDU的序列号的先后顺序或大小顺序进行依次存储所接收到的PDU。
步骤603：网络设备在确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标识时，生成RLC状态报告。
可选的，终端设备可以通过对接收窗/重组窗中存储的每个PDU进行内容检测或解析，判断每个PDU中是否携带设定标识。当确定某一PDU中携带设定标识，网络设备可以根据接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果，生成RLC状态报告。
可选的，网络设备也可以在确定某一PDU中携带设定标识且重组定时器超时时，根据接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果，生成RLC状态报告。
步骤604：网络设备向终端设备发送RLC状态报告。终端设备接收来自网络设备的RLC状态报告。
可选的，步骤604的实施方式可以参考上述步骤504的实施方式，在此不再赘述。
步骤605：终端设备根据RLC状态报告，停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
可选的，步骤605的实施方式可以参考上述步骤505的实施方式，在此不再赘述。
步骤606：终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息。网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三信息。
可选的，步骤606的实施方式可以参考上述步骤506的实施方式，在此不再赘述。
步骤607：网络设备根据第三信息，停止接收第一PDU集合中的PDU。
可选的，步骤607的实施方式可以参考上述步骤507的实施方式，在此不再赘述。
【实施例五】
图9示例性示出本申请实施例五提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图。该方法适用于图1所示意的网络架构。该方法可由第一通信装置和第二通信装置执行。为了便于介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案，下面继续以第一通信装置为终端设备、第二通信装置为网络设备为例进行介绍。如图9所示，该方法包括：
步骤901：终端设备依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。网络设备接收来自终端设备的PDU。
可选的，步骤901所采用的实施方式可以参考上述步骤401采用的实施方式，在此不再赘述。
此外，在步骤901中，终端设备在依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的过程中，如果确定第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件，则终端设备可以从第一PDU集合中选择一个或多个待传输的PDU，并在该一个或多个待传输的PDU中分别配置或添加一个设定标志位，该设定标志位用于指示网络设备反馈状态报告，比如PDCP状态报告。可选的，状态报告也可以是其它协议形式的状态报告，本申请实施例对此并不作限定。如此，终端设备通过根据需求，有选择性地在一个或多个待传输的PDU中分别配置或添加一个设定标志位，以便有针对性地指示网络设备在何种情况下反馈状态报告(比如PDCP状态报告)，而无需依据网络设备按照设定的周期时长周期性地反馈状态报告。需要说明的是，网络设备反馈状态报告的周期也很难设置一个科学合理的时长，如果设置太长，则导致终端设备不能及时地停止发送当前PDU集合中的PDU，且造成较多的资源浪费，如果设置太短，则会因网络设备频繁反馈状态报告而导致空口开销大。
其中，第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件包括：第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量大于或等于第一阈值，和/或，第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的字节数/比特数大于或等于第二阈值，和/或，第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值大于或等于第三阈值，和/或，第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的字节数/比特数与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总字节数/总比特数的比值大于或等于第四阈值；和/或，第一PDU集合的已用处理时间大于或等于第一时间阈值，和/或，第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间小于或等于第二时间阈值。
示例性地，为了便于介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案，下面以状态报告为PDCP状态报告为例进行介绍，针对上述一个或多个待传输的PDU中的每个PDU，终端设备可以在该PDU的基本头部中的预留字段配置或添加一个设定标志位(比如“是”或“1”等)。例如，当设定标志位为“是”或“1”时，设定标志位“是”或“1”用于指示需要网络设备反馈PDCP状态报告，当设定标志位为“是”或“1”时，设定标志位“否”或“0”用于指示网络设备无需反馈PDCP状态报告。应理解，上述所示例的PDCP状态报告仅是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不对本申请实施例提供的技术方案构成限定。
示例性地，下面以第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值大于或等于第三阈值为例介绍终端设备按需指示网络设备反馈PDCP状态报告的实施过程。终端设备在依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的过程中，如果确定第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值达到30％，则终端设备可以根据需求，指示网络设备反馈针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。此时，终端设备可以在第一PDU集合中的一个或多个待传输的PDU中分别配置或添加设定标志位，以便指示网络设备生成PDCP状态报告，并将PDCP状态报告反馈给终端设备，从而可以便于终端设备及时准确地了解网络设备针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。可选的，终端设备也可以在确定第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值达到50％的时候，根据需求在第一PDU集合中的一个或多个待传输的PDU中再一次分别配置或添加设定标志位，以便指示网络设备再一次反馈针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。可选的，终端设备还可以在确定第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值达到70％的时候，根据需求在第一PDU集合中的一个或多个 待传输的PDU中又一次分别配置或添加设定标志位，以便指示网络设备又一次反馈针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。
示例性地，以第一PDU集合的已用处理时间大于或等于第一时间阈值为例介绍终端设备按需指示网络设备反馈PDCP状态报告的实施过程。假设第一PDU集合的有效时长为30ms，也即是第一PDU集合需要在30ms内处理完成。终端设备在依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的过程中，如果确定第一PDU集合的处理时间过了10ms，则终端设备可以根据需求，指示网络设备反馈针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。此时，终端设备可以在第一PDU集合中的一个或多个待传输的PDU中分别配置或添加设定标志位，以便指示网络设备生成PDCP状态报告，并将PDCP状态报告反馈给终端设备，从而可以便于终端设备及时准确地了解网络设备针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。可选的，终端设备也可以在确定第一PDU集合的处理时间过了15ms的时候，根据需求在第一PDU集合中的一个或多个待传输的PDU中再一次分别配置或添加设定标志位，以便指示网络设备再一次反馈针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。可选的，终端设备也可以在确定第一PDU集合的处理时间过了20ms的时候，根据需求在第一PDU集合中的一个或多个待传输的PDU中又一次分别配置或添加设定标志位，以便指示网络设备又一次反馈针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。
示例性地，以第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值大于或等于第三阈值、第一PDU集合的已用处理时间大于或等于第一时间阈值为例介绍终端设备按需指示网络设备反馈PDCP状态报告的实施过程。假设第一PDU集合的有效时长为30ms，也即是第一PDU集合需要在30ms内处理完成。终端设备在依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU的过程中，如果第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值达到30％且第一PDU集合的处理时间过了10ms，则终端设备可以根据需求，指示网络设备反馈针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。此时，终端设备可以在第一PDU集合中的一个或多个待传输的PDU中分别配置或添加设定标志位，以便指示网络设备生成PDCP状态报告，并将PDCP状态报告反馈给终端设备，从而可以便于终端设备及时准确地了解网络设备针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。可选的，终端设备也可以在确定第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值达到50％且第一PDU集合的处理时间过了15ms的时候，根据需求在第一PDU集合中的一个或多个待传输的PDU中再一次分别配置或添加设定标志位，以便指示网络设备再一次反馈针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。可选的，终端设备还可以在确定第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值达到70％且第一PDU集合的处理时间过了20ms的时候，根据需求在第一PDU集合中的一个或多个待传输的PDU中又一次分别配置或添加设定标志位，以便指示网络设备又一次反馈针对第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况。
再者，在步骤901中，在终端设备依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，终端设备可以先获取传输配置信息。其中，该传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：目标成功量、目标失败量，最大重传次数或者第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量、总字节数或总比特数。
示例性地，在终端设备依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，终端设备可以先获取第一PDU集合对应的传输配置信息，也可以获取各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。可选的，终端设备可以从某一终端设备上安装的APP中获取第一PDU集合或各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息，也可以从应用服务器中获取第一PDU集合或各待传输的PDU集合对应的传输配置信息。
步骤902：网络设备将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中。
可选的，步骤902所采用的实施方式可以参考上述步骤402采用的实施方式，在此不再赘述。
步骤903：网络设备确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标志位，向终端设备发送状态报告。终端设备接收来自网络设备的状态报告。
可选的，网络设备在将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中后，可以对该PDU进行内容检测或解析，判断该PDU中是否携带设定标志位。
在一种实施方式中，当该PDU中携带设定标志位时，网络设备可以根据第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况(比如哪些PDU被成功接收，哪些PDU未被成功接收等情况)，直接生成状态报告，比如PDCP状态报告，并将该PDCP状态报告发送给终端设备。如此，该方案可以满足终端设备按需指示网络设备反馈状态报告的需求，并可以有效地避免因网络设备周期性地盲发状态报告而导致空口开销大，从而可以使得终端设备对状态报告的获取更加贴合实际情况，有助于提高终端设备对状态报告的需求主 动性。
在另一种实施方式中，当该PDU中携带设定标志位时，网络设备也可以先不生成状态报告(比如PDCP状态报告)，只是触发PDCP状态报告的生成时机，并未真正生成PDCP状态报告，而是在确定一些其它条件也满足(比如重排序定时器超时)时，网络设备才开始生成PDCP状态报告，并将该PDCP状态报告发送给终端设备。如此，该方案可以确保网络设备能够准确地反馈第一PDU集合中的PDU的最新接收情况给终端设备，并可以有效地避免因网络设备周期性地盲发状态报告而导致空口开销大，从而可以确保状态报告的生成更加准确且更加具有针对性。
可选的，状态报告可以用于指示网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果或PDU的接收情况。例如，以状态报告为PDCP状态报告为例，网络设备可以在PDCP状态报告中记录接收窗/重排序窗中成功接收到哪些PDU，未成功接收到哪些PDU。示例性地，假设终端设备向网络设备发送了第一PDU集合中的6个PDU，且该6个PDU的序列号分别为1,2,3,4,5,6。其中，假设接收窗/重排序窗中缺失序列号为5,6的PDU，则网络设备可以在PDCP状态报告中记录序列号为5,6的PDU未被成功接收到，序列号为1,2,3,4的PDU被成功接收到。
步骤904：终端设备根据状态报告，停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，或者向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的未被成功接收的PDU。
可选的，在一种实施方式中，终端设备在接收到状态报告(比如PDCP状态报告)后，可以根据PDCP状态报告中记录的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果，选择停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU。
可选的，步骤904中终端设备停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU的实施过程可以参考上述步骤405的实施过程，在此不再赘述。
可选的，在另一种实施方式中，终端设备在接收到状态报告(比如PDCP状态报告)后，可以根据PDCP状态报告中记录的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果，选择向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的未被成功接收的PDU。
在一个示例中，终端设备在接收到(比如PDCP状态报告)后，根据PDCP状态报告，在确定第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件时，终端设备可以在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择出至少一个PDU，并将该至少一个PDU发送给网络设备。其中，第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件包括：第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量小于第五阈值；或者第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于第六阈值。可选的，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量也可以小于或等于第七阈值，第七阈值大于第六阈值。
示例性地，终端设备通过PDCP状态报告获取第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量，或者，也可以通过PDCP状态报告中统计的哪些PDU被成功接收，哪些PDU未被成功接收，计算出第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量。当第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量小于第五阈值或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于第六阈值或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于第六阈值且小于或等于第七阈值时，也即是认为网络设备基于当前接收到的第一PDU集合中的PDU还不能恢复出完整的第一PDU集合，终端设备可以选择从第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选取至少一个PDU，并将该至少一个PDU发送给网络设备。如此，该方案可以实现通过重传第一PDU集合中的未被成功接收的PDU来帮助网络设备准确地恢复出完整的第一PDU集合。
在另一个示例中，终端设备在接收到(比如PDCP状态报告)后，在确定第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间大于或等于第三时间阈值时，终端设备可以在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择出至少一个PDU，并将该至少一个PDU发送给网络设备。
示例性地，以终端设备向网络设备发送视频帧对应的PDU为例，终端设备在接收到PDCP状态报告后，为了确保更好的视频质量或更高的视频清晰度，或者为了网络设备复原出完整的视频帧的计算量能够有效地减少，终端设备可以在确定第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间大于或等于第三时间阈值时，可以选择从第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选取至少一个PDU，并将该至少一个PDU发送给网络设备。比如，终端设备可以在已知第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间(比如30ms)的基础上，计算第一PDU集合对应的剩余处理时间(比如15ms)，或者也可以通过计时器或其它方式直接获取第一PDU集合对应的剩余处理时间(比如15ms)。当剩余处理时间 15ms大于第三时间阈值(比如10ms)时，终端设备可以选择从第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选取至少一个PDU。
在又一个示例中，终端设备在接收到(比如PDCP状态报告)后，根据PDCP状态报告，在确定第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间大于或等于第三时间阈值且第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件时，终端设备可以在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择出至少一个PDU，并将该至少一个PDU发送给网络设备。
示例性地，终端设备通过PDCP状态报告获取第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量，或者，也可以通过PDCP状态报告中统计的哪些PDU被成功接收，哪些PDU未被成功接收，计算出第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量。当第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量小于第五阈值或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于第六阈值或第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于第六阈值且小于或等于第七阈值时，也即是认为网络设备基于当前接收到的第一PDU集合中的PDU还不能恢复出完整的第一PDU集合，此时终端设备也确定第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间大于或等于第三时间阈值，也即是认为剩余处理时间上还够重传第一PDU集合中的一个或多个未被成功接收的PDU，则可以选择从第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选取至少一个PDU，并将该至少一个PDU发送给网络设备。如此，该方案可以实现通过重传第一PDU集合中的未被成功接收的PDU来帮助网络设备准确地恢复出完整的第一PDU集合。
示例性地，基于上述三个示例内容，下面通过以下两种可能的实现方式介绍终端设备在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择出至少一个PDU的实现过程。
实现方式一：终端设备在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中，随机选择出一个或多个PDU，并将该随机选择出的一个或多个PDU发送给网络设备。
实现方式二：终端设备在第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中，选择重传次数小于或等于最大重传次数的一个或多个PDU，并将该一个或多个PDU发送给网络设备。
可选的，在执行完步骤904之后，终端设备还可以执行步骤905，网络设备还可以执行步骤906。终端设备通过执行步骤905可以及时地指示网络设备停止接收第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，并通过向网络设备发送一个建议参数值，可以辅助网络设备能够更为准确地调整接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值，从而可以便于网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗能够有针对性或更为准确地接收位于第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。网络设备通过执行步骤906，可以及时地停止第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，并可以通过结合来自终端设备的建议参数值，进行调整接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值。
步骤905：终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息。网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三信息。
可选的，步骤905所采用的实施方式可以参考上述步骤406采用的实施方式，在此不再赘述。
此外，可选的，在步骤905中，第三信息可以用于指示终端设备确定停止继续向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，可以理解为，第三信息用于指示网络设备可以停止接收第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU。可选的，在步骤905中，第三信息中也可以包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第七参数值。
步骤906：网络设备根据第三信息，停止接收第一PDU集合中的PDU。
可选的，步骤906所采用的实施方式可以参考上述步骤407采用的实施方式，在此不再赘述。
此外，可选的，在步骤906中，在第三信息用于指示停止接收第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU时，该第三信息中还可以包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第七参数值。
可选的，在第三信息中包括终端设备建议的网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第七参数值的相关信息时，该相关信息可以用于指示网络设备停止接收第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，并可以根据第七参数值的相关信息针对接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值进行相应地调整，比如网络设备可以将网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为第七参数值，或者，网络设备也可以根据当前参数值和/或第三信息，确定第八参数值，并可以将当前参数值更新为第八参数值。
需要说明的是，在以上各个实施例中，第一信息、第二信息以及第三信息等各个信息可以通过一个 或多个消息传输，本申请对此不作限定。
此外，还需要说明的是，以上各个实施例中涉及的每个步骤可以为相应的设备执行，也可以是该设备内的芯片、处理器或芯片系统等部件执行，本申请实施例并不对其构成限定。以上各实施例仅以由相应设备执行为例进行说明。
另外，还需要说明的是，在以上各个实施例中，可以选择部分步骤进行实施，还可以调整图示中步骤的顺序进行实施，本申请对此不做限定。应理解，执行图示中的部分步骤、调整步骤的顺序或相互结合进行具体实施，均落在本申请的保护范围内。
可以理解的是，为了实现上述实施例中的功能，上述实施例中涉及的各个设备包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用场景和设计约束条件。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例描述的上述网络架构是为了更加清楚的说明本发明实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本发明实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务的出现，本发明实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。
应注意的是，在以上各个实施例中，在两个通信装置(比如终端设备与网络设备)之间进行信息传输时，可以通过sidelink消息交互实现；当两个通信装置之间进行信息传输时，可以通过Xn信令交互实现。当终端设备和网络设备之间进行信息传输时，可以通过RRC信令或空口消息实现。总之，以上各个实施例中涉及的各个信息传输、各个消息传输均可以根据实际需要替换为其他消息。
应注意：本申请实施例中的“步骤”仅是个示意，是为了更好的理解实施例所采用的一种表现方法，不对本申请的方案的执行构成实质性限定，例如：该“步骤”还可以理解成“特征”。此外，该步骤不对本申请方案的执行顺序构成任何限定，任何在此基础上做出的不影响整体方案实现的步骤顺序改变或步骤合并或步骤拆分等操作，所形成的新的技术方案也在本申请公开的范围之内。
基于相同的构思，本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置，所述通信装置应用于如图1所示意的网络架构中。所述通信装置用于实现以上实施例提供的通信方法，因此也能实现上述通信方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请实施例中，该通信装置可以是如图1所示意的终端设备或网络设备(比如RAN设备)，还可以是应用于终端设备或网络设备的模块(比如芯片)。
参见图7，图7为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的通信装置的结构示意图。这些通信装置可以实现上述方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的功能，因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请实施例中，该通信装置可以是如图1所示的终端设备100，也可以是如图1所示的无线接入网设备200，还可以是应用于终端设备或接入网设备的模块(比如芯片等)。
如图7所示，通信装置700包括收发模块701和处理模块702。通信装置700可用于实现上述图3所示的方法实施例中终端设备或网络设备的功能。
当通信装置700用于实现图3所述方法实施例中终端设备的功能时：收发模块701，用于向网络设备发送第一信息，该第一信息用于确定待传输的第一协议数据单元PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息，还用于依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU，以及接收来自网络设备的第二信息；所述处理模块702，用于根据第二信息，停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。其中，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量；或者，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量；或者，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；其中，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或传输失败量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息相关。
当通信装置700用于实现图3所述方法实施例中网络设备的功能时：所述处理模块702，用于控制收发模块701接收来自终端设备的第一信息，该第一信息用于确定待传输的第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息，以及接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中的PDU，以及向终端设备发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量；或者，第二信息用于指示第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量；或者，第二信息用于指示停止发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；其中，第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或传输失败量与第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息相关。
当通信装置700用于实现图4所述方法实施例中终端设备的功能时：收发模块701，用于依次向网 络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU，还用于接收来自网络设备的PDCP状态报告；所述处理模块702，用于根据PDCP状态报告，停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。其中，其中，PDCP状态报告是网络设备在确定重排序定时器超时时生成的；PDCP状态报告用于指示网络设备的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果。
当通信装置700用于实现图4所述方法实施例中网络设备的功能时：收发模块701，用于接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中的PDU，将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中。所述处理模块702，用于在确定重排序定时器超时时，生成PDCP状态报告；其中，PDCP状态报告用于指示接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果。所述收发模块701，用于向终端设备发送PDCP状态报告。
当通信装置700用于实现图5所述方法实施例中终端设备的功能时：收发模块701，用于依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU，接收来自网络设备的无线链路控制层协议RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告是网络设备在确定重组定时器超时时生成的，RLC状态报告用于指示网络设备的接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果；所述处理模块702，用于根据RLC状态报告，停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
当通信装置700用于实现图5所述方法实施例中网络设备的功能时：收发模块701，用于接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中的PDU，并将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重组窗中；所述处理模块702，用于在确定重组定时器超时时，生成RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告用于指示接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。所述收发模块701，用于向终端设备发送RLC状态报告。
当通信装置700用于实现图6所述方法实施例中终端设备的功能时：收发模块701，用于依次向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。其中，第一PDU集合中的一个或多个PDU中携带设定标识；设定标识用于请求获取RLC状态报告。所述收发模块701用于接收来自网络设备的RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告用于指示网络设备的接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。所述处理模块702，用于根据RLC状态报告，停止向网络设备发送第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
当通信装置700用于实现图6所述方法实施例中网络设备的功能时：收发模块701，用于接收来自终端设备的第一PDU集合中的PDU，并将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重组窗中。其中，第一PDU集合中的一个或多个PDU中携带设定标识，设定标识用于请求获取RLC状态报告。所述处理模块702，用于在确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标识时，生成RLC状态报告，其中，RLC状态报告用于指示接收窗/重组窗中PDU的传输结果。所述收发模块701，用于向终端设备发送RLC状态报告。
当通信装置700用于实现图9所述方法实施例中终端设备的功能时：收发模块701，用于依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU。其中，第一PDU集合中的一个或多个PDU中携带设定标志位，设定标志位用于指示第二通信装置反馈状态报告，设定标志位是第一通信装置在确定第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件时配置或添加在一个或多个PDU中的。收发模块701还用于接收来自第二通信装置的状态报告，其中，状态报告用于指示第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果或PDU的接收情况。处理模块702，用于根据状态报告，停止向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，或者向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的未被成功接收的PDU。
当通信装置700用于实现图9所述方法实施例中网络设备的功能时：收发模块701，用于接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，并将接收到的PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中。处理模块702，用于确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标志位，通过所述收发模块向第一通信装置发送状态报告。其中，设定标志位用于指示第二通信装置反馈状态报告，设定标志位是第一通信装置在确定第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件时配置或添加在一个或多个PDU中的，状态报告用于指示接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果或PDU的接收情况。
关于上述收发模块701和处理模块702更详细的描述，可参考上述方法实施例中的相关描述，在此不再说明。
应理解，各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时 可以有另外的划分方式，另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
基于相同的构思，本申请实施例还提供了一种可能的通信装置，所述通信装置应用于如图1所示意的网络架构中。所述通信装置用于实现以上实施例提供的通信方法，因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。参见图8所示，所述通信装置800包括：收发器801、处理器802。可选的，所述通信装置800还包括存储器803。其中，所述收发器801、所述处理器802以及所述存储器803之间相互连接。
可选的，所述收发器801、所述处理器802以及所述存储器803之间通过总线804相互连接。所述总线804可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect，PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture，EISA)总线等。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示，图8中仅用一条粗线表示，但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。
所述收发器801，用于接收和发送数据，实现与定位网络架构中的其他设备之间的通信。可选的，所述收发器801中可以包含通信接口和收发器。例如，所述通信装置800可以使用通信接口与网络设备进行通信，所述通信装置800可以使用收发器与终端设备进行通信。
所述处理器802的功能可以参照以上实施例中的描述，此处不再赘述。其中，处理器802可以是中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，网络处理器(network processor，NP)或者CPU和NP的组合等等。处理器802还可以进一步包括硬件芯片。上述硬件芯片可以是专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device，PLD)或其组合。上述PLD可以是复杂可编程逻辑器件(complex programmable logic device，CPLD)，现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field-programmable gate array，FPGA)，通用阵列逻辑(generic array logic，GAL)或其任意组合。处理器802在实现上述功能时，可以通过硬件实现，当然也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。
所述存储器803，用于存放程序指令等。具体地，程序指令可以包括程序代码，该程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器803可能包含随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少一个磁盘存储器。处理器802执行存储器803所存放的程序指令，实现上述功能，从而实现上述实施例提供的通信方法。
基于相同的构思，本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行以上实施例提供的通信方法。
基于相同的构思，本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被计算机执行时，使得所述计算机执行以上实施例提供的通信方法。
其中，存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于：计算机可读介质可以包括RAM、ROM、EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。
基于相同的构思，本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片，所述芯片与存储器耦合，所述芯片用于读取存储器中存储的计算机程序，实现以上实施例提供的通信方法。
基于相同的构思，本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持计算机装置实现以上实施例中终端设备或网络设备所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器用于保存该计算机装置必要的程序和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
本申请实施例提供的方法中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc，DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(solid state drive，SSD))等。
显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。

Claims (48)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于第一通信装置，所述方法包括：
    向第二通信装置发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于确定待传输的第一协议数据单元PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息；
    依次向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU；
    接收来自所述第二通信装置的第二信息；所述第二信息用于指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量；或者，所述第二信息用于指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量；或者，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU；其中，所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或传输失败量与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息相关；
    根据所述第二信息，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述PDU的信息指示PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，所述传输成功量为：
    所述第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，
    所述被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值；
    所述PDU的信息指示PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，所述传输失败量为：
    所述第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，
    所述未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU包括：
    所述第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于所述目标成功量，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU；或者，
    所述第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于所述目标失败量，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU。
  4. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU包括：
    所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于所述目标成功量，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU；或者，
    所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于所述目标失败量，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU。
  5. 如权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数、所述第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号或者所述第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号；
    其中，所述第二PDU集合为位于所述第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
  6. 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息中还包括：所述目标成功量或所述目标失败量。
  7. 如权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在向第二通信装置发送第一信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    获取传输配置信息；其中，所述传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：
    所述第一信息、所述目标成功量、或者所述目标失败量。
  8. 如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二信息用于指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，所述第二信息为状态报告；或者，
    所述第二信息用于指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量，所述第 二信息为状态报告。
  9. 如权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，根据所述第二信息，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，包括：
    根据所述第二信息，在向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU中的至少一个PDU后，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，在停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU之后，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第二通信装置发送第三信息；所述第三信息用于指示停止接收所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，所述第三信息包括所述第一通信装置建议的所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的第一参数值。
  11. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于第二通信装置，所述方法包括：
    接收来自第一通信装置的第一信息；所述第一信息用于确定待传输的第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息；
    接收来自所述第一通信装置的所述第一PDU集合中的PDU；
    向所述第一通信装置发送第二信息；所述第二信息用于指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量；或者，所述第二信息用于指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量；或者，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU；其中，所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或传输失败量与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的信息相关。
  12. 如权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述PDU的信息指示PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，所述传输成功量为：
    所述第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，
    所述被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值；
    所述PDU的信息指示PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，所述传输失败量为：
    所述第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，
    所述未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
  13. 如权利要求11或12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU包括：
    所述第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于所述目标成功量，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU；或者，
    所述第二信息中携带的指示信息或原因值指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于所述目标失败量，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU。
  14. 如权利要求11或12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU包括：
    所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于所述目标成功量，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU；或者，
    所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于所述目标失败量，所述第二信息用于指示停止发送所述第一PDU集合中的PDU。
  15. 如权利要求11-14任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数、所述第一PDU集合中处于末尾位置的PDU的序列号、或者所述第二PDU集合中处于起始位置的PDU的序列号；
    其中，所述第二PDU集合为位于所述第一PDU集合之后的下一个PDU集合。
  16. 如权利要求11-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息中还包括：所述目标成功量或所述目标失败量。
  17. 如权利要求11-16任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息用于指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于目标成功量，所述第二信息为状态报告；或者，
    所述第二信息用于指示所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于目标失败量，所述第二信息为状态报告。
  18. 如权利要求11-17任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在向所述第一通信装置发送第二信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述第一通信装置的第三信息；所述第三信息用于指示停止接收所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU；和/或，所述第三信息包括所述第一通信装置建议的所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的第一参数值；
    根据所述第三信息，停止接收所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，在接收来自所述第一通信装置的第三信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    将所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗/重组窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为所述第一参数值；或者，
    根据所述当前参数值和/或所述第一信息和/或所述第三信息，确定第二参数值，将所述当前参数值更新为所述第二参数值。
  20. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于第一通信装置，所述方法包括：
    依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；
    接收来自所述第二通信装置的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP状态报告；所述PDCP状态报告是所述第二通信装置在确定重排序定时器超时时生成的；所述PDCP状态报告用于指示所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果；
    根据所述PDCP状态报告，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，根据所述PDCP状态报告，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，包括：
    根据所述PDCP状态报告，确定所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量；
    所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于所述目标成功量，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU；或者，
    所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于所述目标失败量，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
  22. 如权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，在停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU之后，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第二通信装置发送第三信息；所述第三信息用于指示停止接收所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，所述第三信息包括所述第一通信装置建议的所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第三参数值。
  23. 如权利要求21或22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述传输成功量为：
    所述第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，或者，
    所述被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值；
    所述传输失败量为：
    所述第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，
    所述未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
  24. 如权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，在依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，所述方法还包括：
    获取传输配置信息；其中，所述传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：
    所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数，目标成功量，或者目标失败量。
  25. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于第二通信装置，所述方法包括：
    接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，将所述PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中；
    在确定重排序定时器超时时，生成PDCP状态报告；所述PDCP状态报告用于指示所述接收窗/重 排序窗中PDU的传输结果；
    向所述第一通信装置发送所述PDCP状态报告。
  26. 如权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，在向所述第一通信装置发送所述PDCP状态报告之后，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述第一通信装置的第三信息；所述第三信息用于指示停止接收所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU，和/或，所述第三信息包括所述第一通信装置建议的所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第三参数值；
    根据所述第三信息，停止接收所述第一PDU集合中剩余的PDU。
  27. 如权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，在接收来自所述第一通信装置的第三信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    将所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为所述第三参数值；或者，
    根据所述当前参数值和/或所述第三信息，确定第四参数值，将所述当前参数值更新为所述第四参数值。
  28. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于第一通信装置，所述方法包括：
    依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU；其中，所述第一PDU集合中的一个或多个PDU中携带设定标志位，所述设定标志位用于指示所述第二通信装置反馈状态报告，所述设定标志位是所述第一通信装置在确定所述第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件时配置或添加在所述一个或所述多个PDU中的；
    接收来自所述第二通信装置的状态报告；所述状态报告用于指示所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果；
    根据所述状态报告，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，或者向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中的未被成功接收的PDU。
  29. 如权利要求28所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件包括：
    所述第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量大于或等于第一阈值；和/或
    所述第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的字节数/比特数大于或等于第二阈值；和/或
    所述第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值大于或等于第三阈值；和/或
    所述第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总字节数/总比特数的比值大于或等于第四阈值；和/或
    所述第一PDU集合的已用处理时间大于或等于第一时间阈值；和/或
    所述第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间小于或等于第二时间阈值。
  30. 如权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，根据所述状态报告，向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU，包括：
    所述第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间大于或等于第三时间阈值和/或所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件时，在所述第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择至少一个PDU；
    向所述第二通信装置发送所述至少一个PDU。
  31. 如权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件包括：
    所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量小于第五阈值；或者
    所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于第六阈值。
  32. 如权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择至少一个PDU，包括：
    在所述多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择重传次数小于或等于最大重传次数的至少一个PDU。
  33. 如权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，根据所述状态报告，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，包括：
    根据所述状态报告，确定所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或所述第一PDU集合中的PDU 的传输失败量，所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量大于或等于所述目标成功量，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU；或者，
    根据所述状态报告，确定所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量或所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量，所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于或等于所述目标失败量，停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU。
  34. 如权利要求33所述的方法，其特征在于，在停止向所述第二通信装置发送所述第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU之后，所述方法还包括：
    向所述第二通信装置发送第三信息；所述第三信息用于指示停止接收所述第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，和/或，所述第三信息包括所述第一通信装置建议的所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第七参数值。
  35. 如权利要求33所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述传输成功量为：所述第一PDU集合中被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数，或者，所述被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值；
    所述传输失败量为：所述第一PDU集合中未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数；或者，所述未被成功接收的PDU的数量/字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量/总字节数/总比特数的比值。
  36. 如权利要求28-35任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在依次向第二通信装置发送第一PDU集合中的PDU之前，所述方法还包括：
    获取传输配置信息；其中，所述传输配置信息中包括以下至少一项：
    目标成功量、目标失败量，最大重传次数或者所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量、总字节数或总比特数。
  37. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于第二通信装置，所述方法包括：
    接收来自第一通信装置的第一PDU集合中的PDU，将所述PDU存储至接收窗/重排序窗中；
    确定接收到的任一PDU携带设定标志位，向所述第一通信装置发送所述状态报告；其中，所述设定标志位用于指示所述第二通信装置反馈状态报告，所述设定标志位是所述第一通信装置在确定所述第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件时配置或添加在所述一个或所述多个PDU中的，所述状态报告用于指示所述接收窗/重排序窗中PDU的传输结果。
  38. 如权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一PDU集合的传输情况满足第一设定条件包括：
    所述第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量大于或等于第一阈值；和/或
    所述第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的字节数/比特数大于或等于第二阈值；和/或
    所述第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的数量与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总数量的比值大于或等于第三阈值；和/或
    所述第一PDU集合中已发送的PDU的字节数/比特数与所述第一PDU集合中包含的PDU的总字节数/总比特数的比值大于或等于第四阈值；和/或
    所述第一PDU集合的已用处理时间大于或等于第一时间阈值；
    所述第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间小于或等于第二时间阈值。
  39. 如权利要求37或38所述的方法，其特征在于，在向所述第一通信装置发送所述状态报告之前，所述方法还包括：
    确定重排序定时器超时。
  40. 如权利要求37-39任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在向所述第一通信装置发送所述状态报告之后，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述第一通信装置的至少一个未被成功接收的PDU；
    其中，所述至少一个PDU是所述第一PDU集合对应的总处理时间中除已用处理时间之外的处理时间大于或等于第三时间阈值和/或所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设定条件时，所述第一通信装置在所述第一PDU集合中的多个未被成功接收的PDU中选择的。
  41. 如权利要求40所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的接收情况满足第二设 定条件包括：
    所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输成功量小于第五阈值；或者
    所述第一PDU集合中的PDU的传输失败量大于第六阈值。
  42. 如权利要求40或41所述的方法，其特征在于，所述至少一个未被成功接收的PDU中任一PDU的重传次数小于或等于最大重传次数。
  43. 如权利要求37-42任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在向所述第一通信装置发送所述状态报告之后，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述第一通信装置的第三信息；所述第三信息用于指示停止接收所述第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU，和/或，所述第三信息包括所述第一通信装置建议的所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的第七参数值；
    根据所述第三信息，停止接收所述第一PDU集合中除已发送的PDU之外的PDU。
  44. 如权利要求43所述的方法，其特征在于，在接收来自所述第一通信装置的第三信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    将所述第二通信装置的接收窗/重排序窗中协议参数的当前参数值更新为所述第七参数值；或者
    根据所述当前参数值和/或所述第三信息，确定第八参数值，将所述当前参数值更新为所述第八参数值。
  45. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括用于执行如权利要求1至44中的任一项所述方法的模块。
  46. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发器，用于接收和发送数据；
    存储器，用于存储程序指令和数据；
    处理器，用于读取所述存储器中的程序指令和数据，通过所述收发器实现如权利要求1-44任一项所述的方法。
  47. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令被计算机执行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-44任一项所述的方法。
  48. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或指令，当所述计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-44任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2023/105057 2022-08-15 2023-06-30 一种通信方法及装置 WO2024037230A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210977626.2 2022-08-15
CN202210977626 2022-08-15
CN202211364589.4A CN117596218A (zh) 2022-08-15 2022-11-02 一种通信方法及装置
CN202211364589.4 2022-11-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024037230A1 true WO2024037230A1 (zh) 2024-02-22

Family

ID=89912128

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/105057 WO2024037230A1 (zh) 2022-08-15 2023-06-30 一种通信方法及装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117596218A (zh)
WO (1) WO2024037230A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060154603A1 (en) * 2002-09-07 2006-07-13 Joachim Sachs Method and devices for efficient data transmission link control in mobile multicast communication systems
CN1972284A (zh) * 2005-11-24 2007-05-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 无线链路层的流量控制方法
WO2017193305A1 (zh) * 2016-05-11 2017-11-16 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法、设备及系统
CN109792327A (zh) * 2018-03-23 2019-05-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 重传处理的方法和装置
CN110035017A (zh) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN114268991A (zh) * 2021-12-27 2022-04-01 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 数据传输方法、装置、电子设备、存储介质

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060154603A1 (en) * 2002-09-07 2006-07-13 Joachim Sachs Method and devices for efficient data transmission link control in mobile multicast communication systems
CN1972284A (zh) * 2005-11-24 2007-05-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 无线链路层的流量控制方法
WO2017193305A1 (zh) * 2016-05-11 2017-11-16 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法、设备及系统
CN110035017A (zh) * 2018-01-12 2019-07-19 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及装置
CN109792327A (zh) * 2018-03-23 2019-05-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 重传处理的方法和装置
CN114268991A (zh) * 2021-12-27 2022-04-01 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 数据传输方法、装置、电子设备、存储介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117596218A (zh) 2024-02-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5180325B2 (ja) Ｐｄｃｐ状態報告の送信方法
CA2795071C (en) Method to control multiple radio access bearers in a wireless device
US10205564B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a packet via high speed downlink packet access
US8804742B2 (en) PDCP packet transmission method
US20160182205A1 (en) Shortened block acknowledgement with fragmentation acknowledgement signaling
KR101649058B1 (ko) 다운링크에 대한 향상된 복구를 위한 시스템들 및 방법들
US11284301B2 (en) Flow control for wireless devices
US20210399846A1 (en) Apparatus, method and computer program for packet duplication
US20230180027A1 (en) User plane data processing method and base station
KR20100113457A (ko) 무선 통신 시스템상에서 점대다 서비스를 수신하는 방법
WO2021056589A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及装置
WO2018027674A1 (zh) 传输状态报告装置、方法以及通信系统
WO2009051420A2 (en) Method of providing circuit switched (cs) service using high-speed downlink packet access (hsdpa) or high-speed uplink packet access (hsupa)
US20230040554A1 (en) Multi-link communication method and related apparatus
TW202226879A (zh) 降低多分支傳輸中封包延遲的方法和裝置
KR20190075111A (ko) 5ｇ ｎｒ 통신 시스템 내의 비대칭 업-링크/다운-링크 프로토콜 스택 및 프레임 구조를 위한 방법 및 장치
WO2021160101A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法、装置和系统
US20230171844A1 (en) Multicast service receiving method, multicast service configuration method, terminal, and network-side device
WO2024037230A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
US11677507B2 (en) Faster retransmission in multi-link communication
WO2022056746A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置
WO2021134680A1 (zh) 一种数据传输方法及装置
WO2024174902A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
US20240340249A1 (en) Packet data convergence protocol service data unit discard method and user equipment
WO2022206983A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23854135

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1